Text

Draft Operating Exam (Sections a, B, and C) (Folder 2)
	ML15100A034
Person / Time
Site:	Limerick
Issue date:	11/17/2014
From:	Peter Presby; Operations Branch I
To:	Ruffe R; Exelon Generation Co
Shared Package
ML14245A223	List: IR 05000352/2015301; ML14246A149; ML15008A411; ML15013A526; ML15100A030; ML15100A031; ML15100A034; ML15100A035; ML15100A036; ML15100A037; ML15100A273; ML15100A274; ML15175A275;
References
	TAC U01892
	Download: ML15100A034 (379)
	v • d • e

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: Limerick Date of Examination: Jan 12-23. 2015 Examination Level: ROX SRO Operating Test Number: 1 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (See Note) Code*

Conduct of Operations R-M Evaluate Overtime Work Request (Generic 2.1.5)

RO 2.1-1 Conduct of Operations R-D Prepare Valve Stroke Data Sheet (Generic 2.1.7)

RO 2.1-2 Equipment Control Determine Blocking Required per OP-MA-109-101 ,

R-N RO 2.2-1 "Clearance and Tagging" (Generic 2.2.13)

Radiation Control Determine Offgas Effluent Activity Release Rate R-D-P RO 2.3-1 (Generic 2.3.11)

Emergency Procedures/Plan NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.

Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank Cs 3 for ROs; ~ 4 for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (~ 1)

(P)revious 2 exams (~ 1; randomly selected)

ES 301, Page 22 of 27

~ Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE EVALUATE WORK HISTORY AND OVERTIME WORK REQUEST (RO)

JPM Number: LOJPM6724 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE:

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::'Exelon Generation, Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure LS-AA-119 Rev: 11 Procedure_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Rev:

Procedure Rev:

Rev:

Procedure---------- ---

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,,.;;::'Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

1. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence

2. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision

3. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

1. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

2. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

3. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

4. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM is new. 11/12/14 LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1,:::7 Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Simulator - N/A V. TASK STANDARD:

Reviewing the work history, determines the following:

1. Between the 48-hour period of 1800 on Day 7 and 1800 on Day 9, worked a total of 27 hours3.125e-4 days 0.0075 hours 4.464286e-5 weeks 1.02735e-5 months , which exceeds the "26 hours3.009259e-4 days 0.00722 hours 4.298942e-5 weeks 9.893e-6 months in 48-hours" limit.

2. Between leaving work at 0900 on Day 9 and returning to work at 1800 on Day 9, there was a break of only 9 hours1.041667e-4 days 0.0025 hours 1.488095e-5 weeks 3.4245e-6 months , which violates the "at least a 10-hour break between work periods" requirement.

3. The Day 15 scheduled day off is necessary in order to comply with the "minimum of 3 days off in each successive 15-day period" requirement. The RO cannot work the requested overtime.

Continued next page.

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.:""Exelon Generation, VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. You were on vacation for two weeks prior to the start of this Unit 2 refueling outage.

2. Your RO work history for this outage, thus far, is as follows:

9 Scheduled off 10 16 Scheduled off 11 17 Scheduled off OFF 12 OFF

3. It is now Day 15 of the outage; the time is 1200 hours0.0139 days 0.333 hours 0.00198 weeks 4.566e-4 months .

4. Shift Supervision has contacted you at home. You've been asked to work the on-coming night shift (1800-0600) on Day 15.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

The work hour calculating and scheduling component of eSOMS has been out-of-service for the entire outage.

You are directed to do the following using the above provided work history:

1. Determine if your work schedule complied with work hour limits; state all limits/requirements that were violated, if any.

2. Determine if you can work the requested overtime; if not, state the reason why.

Document your findings on this Cue Sheet.

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10

{When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I:'Exelon Generation.

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.s::"Exelon Generation VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

.... a:

c(

Zw Wm ELEMENT STANDARD c( en :e :e en z :e ::::>

> Oz 0

1. Obtain LS-AA-119, "Fatigue Obtains LS-AA-119.

Management and Work Hour Limits".

Cue: Provide copy of LS-AA-119 to Examinee.

2. Review LS-AA-119. Reviews LS-AA-119, sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.3.

3. Evaluate prior work schedule. Determines the following:

Between the 48-hour period of 1800 on Day 7 and 1800

on Day 9, worked a total of 27 hours3.125e-4 days 0.0075 hours 4.464286e-5 weeks 1.02735e-5 months , which exceeds the "26 hours3.009259e-4 days 0.00722 hours 4.298942e-5 weeks 9.893e-6 months in 48-hours" limit.

Between leaving work at 0900 on Day 9 and returning to work at 1800 on Day 9, there was a break of only 9 hours1.041667e-4 days 0.0025 hours 1.488095e-5 weeks 3.4245e-6 months , which violates the "at least a 10-hour break between work periods" requirement.

4. Evaluate overtime request. Determines that, to date, he/she has had only two days off: Day 6 and Day 12.

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~ ExelonGeneration, I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT I- c( Wm STANDARD c( en ::E ::E en z ::E ::::>

> Oz 0

5. Evaluate overtime request. Determines that the Day 15 scheduled day off is necessary in order to meet the requirement for a "minimum of 3 days off in

each successive 15-day period".

Cannot work the requested overtime.

CUE: "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM."

JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

Ir Exelon Generation.

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Evaluate Overtime Work Request (RO)

JPM Number: LOJP6724 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

3420160302 Apply Administrative Procedure Requirements for Work Controls KIA Number and Importance: G2.1.5 RO 2.9 SRO 3.9 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _1_

Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:O Yes ~No SRO Only: D Yes ~No Time Critical: D Yes ~ No Reference(s}: NUREG 1123, Rev. 2 Supp. 1 LS-AA-119, Rev. 11 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate ~ Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

LOJPM6724 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~, Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. You were on vacation for two weeks prior to the start of this Unit 2 refueling outage.

2. Your RO work history for this outage, thus far, is as follows:

9 15 Scheduled off 10 16 Scheduled off 11 17 Scheduled off OFF 12 OFF

3. It is now Day 15 of the outage; the time is 1200 hours0.0139 days 0.333 hours 0.00198 weeks 4.566e-4 months .

4. Shift Supervision has contacted you at home. You've been asked to work the on-coming night shift (1800-0600) on Day 15.

INITIATING CUE:

The work hour calculating and scheduling component of eSOMS has been out-of-service for the entire outage.

You are directed to do the following using the above provided work history:

1. Determine if your work schedule complied with work hour limits; state all limits/requirements that were violated, if any.

2. Determine if you can work the requested overtime; if not, state the reason why.

Document your findings on this Cue Sheet.

Page 10 of 10

~ ExelonGeneration, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PREPARE VALVE STROKE DATA SHEET JPM Number: LOJPM6767 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation,,

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure ST-6-107-200-0 Rev: ..=.;....

27_ _

Procedure ST-6-043-200-1 Rev: -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration,,

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0767 Rev. 0. Revised to new template and 000 08/01/14 to align with latest procedure revision. Valve stroke time was changed to provide an unsat value.

LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

...... Exelon Generation.,

1 IV. TASK STANDARD:

1. "Valve Data Sheet" of ST-6-107-200-0, Attachment 1, prepared to stroke HV-043-1 F020 for PMT.

2. "Valve Stroke Time Database" information is obtained for ST-6-043-200-1, step 4.1.3.

from the LGS Operations Web page or on the LAN at L:OPS\ST Control Room lnterlace.mdb.

V. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 100% Power.

2. Maintenance on HV-043-1 F020 is complete per work order C0995903.

3. A PMT is required to stroke time HV-043-1 F020 per C0995903 Act. 05.

4. Prerequisites for stroking HV-043-1 F020, have been met.

5. ST-6-107-200-0 is to be used to document the HV-043-1 F020 valve stroking.

6. ST-6-107-200-0, Attachment 2 lists the applicable ST for obtaining the stroke time data for HV-043-1 F020.

VI. INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to use ST-6-107-200-0, "IST Valve Stroke Surveillance Log" and record the necessary valve data on Step 3.0 of Attachment 1, for HV-043-1 F020 Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 8

{When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, VII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

~ r:c

~ ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD !;( <t Wm en :E :E en z :E :=J

=J Oz 0

1. Hand examinee the following:

N/A

Individual Briefing Sheet

ST-6-107-200-0 initialed up through step 4.2

ST-6-043-200-1 with HV-043-1 F020 highlighted on Attachment 2.

2. REFER to ST-6-107-200-0, ST-6-107-200-0, "Valve Date Attachment 1, Valve Data Sheet for Sheet", Attachment 1 the following: referenced

3. RECORD initiating event WO # C0995903-05 is (WO# C0995903-05) recorded in Attachment 1

4. ENSURE system conditions permit ST-6-043-200-1 is referenced valve to be stroked. (This may from "Attachment 2" of include reviewing the ST from ST-6-107-200-0.

Attachment 2)

Prerequisites to stroke the CUE: If asked, state "Initial conditions valve are met.

allow the valve to be stroked" CUE: Hand examinee a copy of ST-6-043-200-1

5. PERFORM valve stroke and record Record closed stroke time stroke (Open/Close) time 9.87 seconds in the closed direction in ST-6-107-200-0, Attachment 1, table for step CUE: State that HV-043-1 F020 stroked 3.0 9.87 seconds in the closed direction and that the required valve data needs to be included in the table for Step 3.0.

CUE: Inform candidate "Table in step 3.0 can be completed at this time" LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration, I- cc I- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD I- ct Wm ct en :E :E en z :E ::l

l Oz 0

6. RECORD "As Left" position of HV- Candidate records "Closed" 043-1 F020 and initials step 4.0 of ST 107-200-0, Valve Data Sheet CUE: State that HV-043-1 F020 was left closed.

7. RECORD appropriate information in table for each piece of measurement I test equipment used. N/A CUE: State that the PRO will fill in stopwatch information for Step 5.0

8. RECORD data from applicable Surveillance Test data listed Surveillance Test listed on on Attachment 2 (ST-6-043-Attachment 2 (ST-6-043-200-1) into 200-1) recorded into table in table in step 3.0 (ST-6-107-200-0, step 3.0 (ST-6-107-200-0, Attachment 1) Attachment 1)

8a. Access Valve Stroke Timing and ST-6-043-200-1 , Step 4.1 .3 Exercise Data Sheet is used and access to valve stroke database using the IST Valve Stroke database link on the LGS Operations Home Page OR on the LAN at L:OPSIST Control Room lnterface.mdb.

8b. Valve Stroke Data Sheet for HV- Table in Step 3 is completed 043-1 F020 is used to complete using valve stroke data sheet table in Step 3

8c. Verify Stroke Time Satisfactory Determines valve stroke time Initials I Date is UNSAT, declares valve INOPERABLE and notifies ssv CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 6 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

..=:" Exelon Generation .

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____:.

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Prepare Valve Stroke Data Sheet JPM Number: LOJPM6767 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2980120101 Perform Retests Following Equipment Maintenance KIA Number and Importance: G2.1.7 4.4/4.7 Level of Difficulty (1-5) i Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator/Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes [8J No SRO Only: D Yes [8J No Time Critical: D Yes [8J No Reference(s): ST-6-107-200-0, Rev 27, IST Valve Stroke Surveillance Log" ST-6-043-200-1, Rev 22, Reactor Recirculation System Quarterly Valve Test Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate [8J Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM6767 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation.,

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 100% Power.

2. Maintenance on HV-043-1 F020 is complete per work order C0995903.

3. A PMT is required to stroke time HV-043-1 F020 per C0995903 Act. 05.

4. Prerequisites for stroking HV-043-1 F020, have been met.

5. ST-6-107-200-0 is to be used to document the HV-043-1 F020 valve stroking.

6. ST-6-107-200-0, Attachment 2 lists the applicable ST for obtaining the stroke time data for HV-043-1 F020 INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to use ST-6-107-200-0, "IST Valve Stroke Surveillance Log" and record the necessary valve data on Step 3.0 of Attachment 1, for HV-043-1 F020 Page 8 of 8

\ . -ExelonGeneration.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE DETERMINE BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR REPAIR OF 1C RHR PUMP MIN FLOW CHECK VALVE, PER OP-MA-109-101 "CLEARANCE AND TAGGING" LOJPM6722 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I- Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-MA-109-101 Rev: 20 Procedure Dwg E-0015, Sheet 1 Rev: 30 Procedure Dwg E-0057, Sheet 1 Rev: 42 Procedure Dwg M-0051, Sheet 1 _ __ Rev: 29 Procedure Rev: _ __

~

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I* :-r Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM is new. 11/12/14 LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,£"' Exelon Generation, IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Simulator - N/A

2. Provide the following to the Examinee:

OP-MA-109-101

M-0051 , Sheet 1

E-0015, Sheet 1

E-0057,Sheet1

Proposed Blocking Sheet (blank)

V. TASK STANDARD:

Provide a list of proposed blocking points (DANGER tags) for doing in-body repair work on 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C, in accordance with OP-MA-109-101, that identifies the components specified in the attached Proposed Blocking Key.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.

2. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C is scheduled for in-body repair work.

3. PIMS is not available for developing a clearance order by electronic means.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

Using OP-MA-109-101 and the appropriate drawings, provide a list of components and their designations to be aligned to provide adequate personnel protection (DANGER tagged) for the in-body repair work on 1F046C. Determine whether each component should be "blocked open", "blocked closed", "de-energized" and/or "racked out". Document the Component/Designation and Blocked Position on the Proposed Blocking Sheet. Give your completed list of blocking points to the Unit Supervisor.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I*.::-:'Exelon Generation.

Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I£'Exelon Generation,

'Ill. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

J PM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

I- ZW I- c( Wm ELEMENT STANDARD c( en :a: :a:

en z :a:::::>

> Oz

(.)

DETERMINE SCOPE OF WORK AND APPLICABLE BLOCKING RULES

1. Review the scope of work planned for Reviews P&ID M-0051, sheet check valve 1F046C. 1, and determines that the check valve must be isolated from fluid energy on all sides.

2. Review applicable sections of OP-MA- Reviews Section 5 "Clearance 109-101 for the applicable blocking and Tagging Standards";

rules. Section 7 "Clearance Development Standards".

May also review Attachment 6 "Clearance Writer and Approver Checklist.

DETERMINE BLOCKING POINTS

3. Develop list of proposed blocking points List of proposed blocking

based on print review and OP-MA-109- points matches the attached 101 requirements. Proposed Blocking Key, and all Critical Steps are met.

4. Provide completed list of proposed Unit Supervisor is given the list blocking points to the Unit Supervisor to of proposed blocking points.

be forwarded to wee.

CUE:

Role-play the Unit Supervisor and acknowledge receipt of the proposed blocking points.

Inform examinee that the list will be forwarded to the WCC .

CUE: "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM." I JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 3D.105 Page 6 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

DETERMINE BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR REPAIR OF 1C RHR PUMP MIN FLOW CHECK VALVE, PER OP-MA-109-101 "CLEARANCE AND TAGGING" JPM Number: LOJPM6722 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2990100301, Coordinate Equipment Tagouts Equipment Clearance and Switching KIA Number and Importance: 2.2.13 4.1I4.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) __!_

Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes 1ZJ No SRO Only: D Yes 1Z1 No Time Critical: D Yes IZI No Reference{s):

NUREG 1123, Rev. 2, Supp 1 OP-MA-109-101, Rev. 20 M-0051 , Sheet 1, Rev. 66 E-0015, Sheet 1, Rev. 30 E-0057, Sheet 1, Rev. 42 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate 1Z1 Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 30 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: - - - - - -

LOJPM6722 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 7 of 11 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.

2. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C is scheduled for in-body repair work.

3. PIMS is not available for developing a clearance order by electronic means.

INITIATING CUE:

Using OP-MA-109-101 and the appropriate drawings, provide a list of components and their designations to be aligned to provide adequate personnel protection (DANGER tagged) for the in-body repair work on 1F046C. Determine whether each component should be "blocked open", "blocked closed", "de-energized" and/or "racked out". Document the component/Designation and Blocked Position on the Proposed Blocking Sheet. Give your completed list of blocking points to the Unit Supervisor.

Page 8 of 11

NOTE Do NOT give the next page (KEY) to the Examinee!

Examinee is given Cue Sheet and blank Proposed Blocking Sheet.

Page 9 of 11

PROPOSED BLOCKING KEY DO NOT GIVE TO EXAMINEE NOTE: Components marked with

are part of the Critical Step.

Component and Designation Position

1.

1C RHR Pump 1CP202 4KV Breaker 152-11704 *Racked Out

2. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve HV-051-1F007C *Blocked Closed

1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve HV-051-1F007C 480V Breaker 52-21710 *Blocked Open/De-energized OR

1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve Isolation Valve 051-1 F018C *Blocked Closed

3. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A *Blocked Closed

4. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A 480V Breaker *Blocked Open/De-energized 52-22323

5. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1064C *Blocked Open

6. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1065C *Blocked Open

7. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1099C *Blocked Open

8. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1053 *Blocked Open

Examinee must identify at least one DRAIN path (components 5 + 6) or one VENT path (components 7 + 8) as Blocked Open Page 10 of 11

0 c

.Q

u; 0

a..

I-w w

J:

CJ)

CJ

-z

~

0 0

...I m

c w c CJ) 0 0 Ctl

a. -~ en 0 Q) a: 0

a. "C c

- Ctl cQ) c g_

E 0

0 I I I

I~Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE GASEOUS EFFLUENT DOSE RATE DETERMINATION JPM Number: LOJPM6706 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJPM8706 RevOOO SAAS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure ST-6-104-880-0 Rev: 30 Procedure_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Rev: _ __

Procedure -~~~~~~~~~

Rev: ---

Procedure -~~~~~~~~~

Rev: ---

Procedure Rev:

-~~~~~~~~~

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJPM-6706 Rev-000 SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I- ExelonGeneration" II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM replaces LLOJPM0706 Rev. 0. Revised to new template and 08/15/14 to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJPMf3706 Relf000 SRRS: 3D.105 Page 3 of B (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

IS Exelon Generation..

IV. TASK STANDARD:

ST-6-104-880-0 is completed for North Stack Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination V. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is in OPCON 1

2. Unit 2 is in OPCON 1

3. North Stack Hi radiation alarm (003 E-2) and

4. North Stack Hi - Hi radiation alarm (003 E-1) has annunciated VI. INITIATING CUE:

You have been directed to perform ST-6-104-880-0, Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination for the North Stack, section 4.5 (South Stack not required).

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJPM-6706 RevOOO SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~Exelon Generation.

VII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- cc I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <I: w Ill

<I: en :E :E en z :E ::::>

> Oz 0

1. Reference marked up copy of ST ST-6-104-880-0, Gaseous 104-880-0, Gaseous Effluent Dose Effluent Dose Rate Rate Determination starting at step Determination is obtained 4.5 marked up to step 4.5 CUE: Provide candidate a copy of ST-6-104-880-0, Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination

2. RECORD maximum 15 minute trend Record maximum 15 minute values from RE26076-4, RE26075A- values 3, RE260758-3 CUE: Provide candidate with copies of RMDS for GRID 1 and 15 minute trends for RE26076-4, RE26075A-3, RE260758-3

3. IF RE26076-4 is less than Candidate determines

1.1 OE+5uCi/sec AND no action RE26076-4 is greater than required, THEN GO TO step 4.5.4 1.1 OE+5uCi/sec

4. IF RE26076-4 value is greater than Rad Pro Tech directed to

or equal to 1.1 OE+5uCi/sec THEN perform EP-AA-110-200 and DIRECT Radiation Protection to name of Rad Pro Tech perform EP-AA-110-200 AND recorded.

RECORD name of Rad Pro Tech contacted CUE: Rad Pro Tech Brian Landis notified

5. IF RE20675A-3 OR RE206758-3 Candidate determines

concentration is less than RE26075A-3 or RE20675B-3 3.51 E-4uCi/ml THEN GO TO section are greater than 4.6 3.51 E-4uCi/ml LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJPM6706 RevOOO SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration,

.... .... a:

Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD t- <C Wm

> Oz 0

6. IF RE20675A-3 OR RE20675B-3 Rad Pro Tech directed to

concentration is > 3.51 E-4uCi/ml perform EP-AA-110-200 and THEN DIRECT Radiation Protection name of Rad Pro Tech to perform EP-AA-110-200 AND recorded.

RECORD name of Rad Pro Tech contacted CUE: Rad Pro Tech Brian Landis notified CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6706 RevOOO.docLOJgAA6706 Rev-000 SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,GExelon Generation.

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

GASEOUS EFFLUENT DOSE RATE DETERMINATION JPM Number: LOJPM6706 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2990090301 Apply Radiation and Contamination Safety Procedures KIA Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.11 RO 3.8 I SRO 4.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes [8J No SRO Only: D Yes [8J No Time Critical: D Yes [8J No Reference(s): ST-6-104-880-0, Rev 30, Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate [8J Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 30 minutes Actual Time Used:

minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM6706 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~ Exelon Generation .

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is in OPCON 1

2. Unit 2 is in OPCON 1

3. North Stack Hi radiation alarm (003 E-2) and

4. North Stack Hi - Hi radiation alarm (003 E-1) has annunciated INITIATING CUE:

You have been directed to perform ST-6-104-880-0, Gaseous Effluent Dose Rate Determination for the North Stack, section 4.5 (South Stack not required).

Page 8 of 8

ES-301 Administrative Topics Outline Form ES-301-1 Facility: Limerick Date of Examination: Jan 12-23, 2015 Examination Level: RO SRO X Operating Test Number: 1 Administrative Topic Type Describe activity to be performed (See Note) Code*

Conduct of Operations Determination of Adequate Shift Staffing (SRO)

R-N SRO 2.1-1 (Generic 2.1.5)

Conduct of Operations Authorize a Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instruction R-M SRO 2.1-2 (RMSI) (Generic 2.1.37)

Equipment Control Review and Verify Blocking Required per OP-MA-109-R-N SRO 2.2-1 101, "Clearance and Tagging" (Generic 2.2.13)

Radiation Control Review and Approve Inventory Release from Equipment R-M-P Drain Sample Tank to Cooling Tower Slowdown Line SRO 2.3-1 (Generic 2.3.11)

Emergency Procedures/Plan ERP Upgrade Classification and Reporting (Time Critical)

R-D SRO 2.4-1 (Generic 2.4.41)

NOTE: All items (5 total) are required for SROs. RO applicants require only 4 items unless they are retaking only the administrative topics, when 5 are required.

Type Codes & Criteria: (C)ontrol room, (S)imulator, or Class(R)oom (D)irect from bank (~ 3 for ROs; ~ 4 for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank (~ 1)

(P)revious 2 exams (~ 1; randomly selected)

ES 301, Page 22 of 27

I~Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE DETERMINATION OF ADEQUATE SHIFT STAFFING (SRO)

JPM Number: LOJPM6725 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 1 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[.:7Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-LG-101-111 Rev: -'4"----

Procedure U/1 Tech Spec Table 6.2.2-1_ Rev: NA Procedure U/2 Tech Spec Table 6.2.2-1_ Rev: NA Procedure Rev:

Procedure------------------ Rev:

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[,.,::::'Exelon Generation, II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM is new. 11/12/14 LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~ Exelon Generation, IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS Simulator - N/A V. TASK STANDARD:

Determine that the SM must take immediate action to ensure that the STA position is filled within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months

Determine that one of the following must occur:

o the Unit 2 CRS assumes responsibility for both Units, or o the FSS assumes the role of Unit 1 CRS VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Both Units are in OPCON 1

A total of 4 SROs have the 1800-0600 shift, as follows:

o Shift Manager o Unit 1 CRS (the only one who is qualified STA) o Unit 2 CRS o FSS

At 2000, the Unit 1 CRS suffers a stomach illness and is driven home VII. INITIATING CUE:

Evaluate how the sudden absence of the Unit 1 CRS impacts the Tech Spec shift staffing requirements; determine the required actions. Document your findings on this Cue Sheet.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I_.=;:'Exelon Generation.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::'Exelon Generation.

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

I- Zw

<I: Wm ELEMENT STANDARD ~ en z :E :E en :E :::>

> Oz 0

1. Obtain OP-LG-101-111 and/or the Tech Obtains OP-LG-101-111 and/or Specs for one or both Units. Tech Specs.

CUE:

When requested, provide a copy of OP-LG;.101-111 ... If requested, provide the Tech Specs for one or both Units.

EVALUATOR NOTE:

Examinee may elect to perform the following Elements In any order he/she chooses.

2. Review OP-LG-101-111 and/or Tech Reviews OP-LG-101-111 and/or Specs for SRO shift staffing Tech Specs to determine the requirements. minimum number of SROs required to satisfy staffing requirements, as follows:

1 Shift Manager

2SROs

1 STA (who can be any one of the SROs who is qualified as such)

3. Determine the action required in Per the "Table Notations" of response to the absence of a qualified Tech Spec Table 6.2.2-1, the STA. SM must immediately take

action to ensure that the STA position is filled within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days 5.555556e-4 hours 3.306878e-6 weeks 7.61e-7 months .

4. Determine the action required in Determines that one of the response to the absence of the Unit 1 following must occur in order to

CRS. fill the Unit 1 CRS position:

Unit 2 CRS assumes responsibility for both Units, or

FSS assumes the role of Unit 1 CRS LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- ct Wm ct en :E :E en z :E ::::>

> Oz 0

CUE: "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM."

JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[.:::7 Exelon Generation JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----=-

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Determination of Adequate Shift Staffing (SRO)

JPM Number: LOJPM6725 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

3420140302 Manage the Shift Team 3430160302 Assure Adequate Personnel Coverage For All Plant Conditions In Accordance With Overtime Policy KIA Number and Importance: 2.1.5 2.9 I 3.9 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes~ No SRO Only:~ Yes D No Time Critical: D Yes ~ No Reference(s): OP-LG-101-111, Shift Staffing Requirements Technical Specifications Section 6.2.2 for Unit 1 and Unit 2 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate ~ Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM6725 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 8 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration--

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Both Units are in OPCON 1

A total of 4 SROs have the 1800-0600 shift, as follows:

o Shift Manager o Unit 1 CRS (the only one who is qualified STA) o Unit 2 CRS o FSS

At 2000, the Unit 1 CRS suffers a stomach illness and is driven home INITIATING CUE:

Evaluate how the sudden absence of the Unit 1 CRS impacts the Tech Spec shift staffing requirements; determine the required actions. Document your findings on this Cue Sheet.

Page 9 of 9

~ ExelonGeneration, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Authorize a Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instruction (RMSI) Following a Rod Pattern Adjustment JPM Number: LOJPM6727 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~* ExelonGeneration, Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure NF-LG-721-1005 Rev: - - -

Procedure NF-LG-721-1005-F-01 Rev: - - -

Procedure NF-AB-721-1005 Rev: _ __

Procedure---------- Rev: _ __

Procedure Rev:

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation; II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILTor LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM was originally on the 2008 N RC Exam as SRO A 1-1 . It 000 11/10/14 has been reformatted and modified to add an incorrect rod and a lower than acceptable core flow rate.

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~" ExelonGeneration,)

IV. INSTRUCTIONS

1. Handouts to be included with this JPM:

a. P-1 Core Map

b. Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions

c. NF-LG-721-1005 Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions Preparation Guideline V. TASK STANDARD:

1. The applicant should determine that the SRO should NOT authorize the Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions because RMSI Flow Reduction Target is less than 60 Mlbm/hr, the limit established in NF-LG-721-1005. The applicant should also identify that control rod ID 18-25 is incorrect, the control rod ID should be 18-27.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A rod pattern adjustment has just been completed.

2. The Reactor Engineer has handed you a new Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instruction (RMSI). The RMSI has been prepared and verified on 12/14/2014 by qualified reactor engineers, John Doe and Jim Miller.

3. The Reactor Engineer has also handed you the 3D MONICORE PREDICTOR results that have been independently verified using the checklist in Exhibit 6 of NF-LG-721-2001 to determine successful case execution.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to review the provided documents and sign for SRO AUTHORIZATION.

If there are discrepancies that prevent your authorization of the RMSI, cite each of them on this Cue Sheet.

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration,,

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration,,

==

Description:==

A rod pattern adjustment has just been completed. The Reactor Engineer has brought the new Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions (RMSI) to the control room and requested that the Shift Manager/CRS authorize (or activate) the new instructions. There is an incorrect rod on the sheet (18-25 should be 18-27) on the Instruction sheet. Additionally, core flow value of 58 Mlbm/hr is lower than allowed by NF-LG-721-1005.

JPM is designed to test the ability to determine that a new RMSI rod insertion sheet has been submitted for SRO approval with an error. The candidate will be provided the RMSI package and a core map that shows one of the rods in the RMSI listed is incorrect and that core flow reduction value is lower than allowed.

The SRO signoffs are on the RMSI cover sheet and the rod sequence sheet. The candidate may be cued as to the locations to sign, as RE's are usually asked and will show the SRO where to sign.

Must be provided with the scanned P-1 showing the rod pattern Fill out NF-LG-721-1005-F-01 with the Reactor Engineer signoff Fill in Shutdown Sequence ID LGSIMSU2.0 RE/QNE 2nct Verifier Step Rod ID Target 1 18-35 00 2 42-27 00 3 26-19 00 4 34-43 00 5 18-25 00 incorrect rod - should be 18-27 6 34-19 00 7 26-43 00 8 42-35 00 NA remaining blanks on rod sheet place NA in each column.

Cue is that a rod pattern exchange took place and the RE has provided the new RMSI for SRO approval signoff on page 1 and 2.

Candidate should identify the step 5 rod is incorrect. Candidate should also identify that core flow value is lower than allowed by procedure.

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 6 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation.,

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

t- a:

t- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD t- <C Wm

<C z

E :E

E ::::>

Oz 0

1. Review RMSI, NF-LG-721-1005 and Reviews RMSI, NF-LG-721-P-1. 1005 and P-1 .

CUE: Provide copies of RMSI, NF-LG-721-1005 and P-1 .

2. Determine Rod 18-25 is incorrect rod Identify from the P-1 edit that since rod is already inserted. rod 18-25 is should be 18-27.

3. Determine that core flow is less than Identify incorrect core flow 60 Mlbm/hr. value.

4. SRO determines that RMSI is SRO does not sign off RMSI incorrect. due to errors.

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration,,

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----"'

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Authorize Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions Following a Rod Pattern Adjustment JPM Number: LOJPM6727 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

3420030302 Review Results of Completed Surveillance Tests KIA Number and Importance: 2.1.37 4.3/4.6 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _£_

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator/Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes 1ZJ No SRO Only: 1ZJ Yes D No Time Critical: D Yes IZ! No Reference(s): NF-LG-721-1005 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate 1ZJ Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM6727 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 9 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~ ExelonGeneration .

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A rod pattern adjustment has just been completed.

2. The Reactor Engineer has handed you a new Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instruction (RMSI). The RMSI has been prepared and verified on 12/14/2014 by qualified reactor engineers, John Doe and Jim Miller.

3. The Reactor Engineer has also handed you the 3D MONICORE PREDICTOR results that have been independently verified using the checklist in Exhibit 6 of NF-LG-721-2001 to determine successful case execution.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to review the provided documents and sign for SRO AUTHORIZATION. If there are discrepancies that prevent your authorization of the RMSI, cite each of them on this Cue Sheet.

Page 9 of 9

Exelon SM NF-LG-721-1005-F-01 Revision 0 Page 1 of 2 Nuclear Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions Limerick Unit

--- 1 RMSt Flow ReguqtiOQ:.T~rget: >' 58 Mlbm/hr LGSIMSU2.0 John Doe Jim Miller s RO Authorizatiori~;,;::

Tabl e 1.. Rods Require . d for StabTt 1 nv R0 d L'me INSTRUCTIONS::: :,); '!!*:'*! *, ! ***

Initials:

1. IF Core Flow is available to use for power reduction AND Core Flow is greater than the value listed above (Flow Reduction Target,)

THEN REDUCE power as needed with flow until any of the following occur:

A) Core Flow reaches the value listed above.

B) An "APRM UPSCALE" alarm occurs.

2. IF FLLLP exceeds 1.0, THEN FULLY INSERT control rods from Table 1 to lower FLLLP to < 1.0.

3. IF Core Flow is less than 60 Mlb/hr, THEN FULLY INSERT control rods from Table 1 to EXIT the Restricted Region of the Power to Flow Map.

4. IF further power reduction is required, THEN INSERT rods in RMSI Table 1 as required OR until all rods in Table 1 are fully inserted.

5. VERIFY on Power/Flow Map that current load line is less than 66.7%.

IF current Load Line is greater than 66. 7%,

THEN CONTINUE inserting rods starting with the last step of the Shutdown Sequence indicated at the top of this page, in order to achieve a Load Line less than 66.7%.

6. IF further power reduction is required AND the current Load Line is less than 66.7%,

AND all RMSI steps in Table 1 are inserted, THEN REDUCE core flow as required until new Target Power is achieved.

Exelon~

NF-LG-721-1005-F-01 Revision O Page 2 of 2 Nuclear Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions Limerick Unit 1

Initials

7. REPEAT Step 6 as required until core flow is at minimum, THEN CONTINUE to Step 8.

8. IF further power reduction is required AND core flow is at minimum, THEN ENTER the insert column of the last unexecuted step of approved Shutdown Sequence listed at the top of Table 1.

1 10 18-35 00 2 10 42-27 00 3 10 26-19 00 4 10 34-43 00 5 10 18-25 00 6 9 34-19 00 7 9 26-43 00 8 9 42-35 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00 N/A N/A N/A 00

PAGE 1 LIMERICK-1 CYCLE 16 SEQUENCE NO 6 CORE PARAMETERS 3D MONICORE 14-NOV-2014 06:54 CALCULATED pr- -sR MWT 3510. PERIODIC LOG 14-NOV-2014 06:54 PRINTED p'- . .c;R MWE 1168. CASE ID FMLD1141114065458 FLOW MLB/HR 90.296 CALC RESULTS RESTART FMLD1141114064659 FPAPDR 0.845 LPRM ABSOLUTE - FULL CORE SUBC BTU/LB 22.97 Kef f 0.9999 PR PSI a 1059.0 XE WORTH % -2.45 LOAD LINE

SUMMARY

CORE MWD/sT 12858.1 XE RATED 1. 07 CORE POWER 99.8%

CYCLE MWD/sT 3489.5 AVE VF 0.421 CORE FLOW 90.3%

MCPR 1.450 FLLLP 0.929 LOAD LINE 106.8%

CORRECTION FACTOR: MFLCPR= 1.000 MFLPD= 1.000 MAPRAT= 1.000 ZBB= 2.23 ft OPTION: ARTS 2 LOOPS ON MANUAL FLOW MCPRLIM= 1.300 FCBB= N/A MOST LIMITING LOCATIONS (NON-SYMMETRIC)

MF LC PR LOC MFLPD LOC MAP RAT LOC PCMARG LOC 0.917 33-48 0.886 49-34-12 0.821 33-50-12 -0.443 21 5 0.914 31-46 0.885 17 5 0.819 15 5 -0.449 53 5 0.911 33-32 0.877 47 5 0.818 17 5 -0.450 57 4 0.908 31-38 0.875 45 5 0.816 47 5 -0.450 47 5 0.899 45-32 0.873 47 5 0.816 29 5 -0.451 15 5 0.897 23-32 0.867 31-46-12 0.813 31-46-12 -0.452 17 5 0.896 27-36 0.864 29-48-12 0.813 17 5 -0.454 31-46-12 0.893 47-38 0.863 19 5 0.809 45 5 -0.465 47 5 0.887 25-34 0.863 17 5 0.807 19 5 -0.510 45 5 0.893 37-48 0.861 29 8 0.806 47 5 -0.554 29 8 SEO. A-2 C=MFLCPR D=MFLPD M=MAPRAT P=PCMARG *=MULTIPLE CORE AVE AXIAL NOTCH REL PW LOC 0.400 25 00 0.457 24 59 02 0.514 23 L 04 0.664 22 55 06 0.913 21 51 M 08 0.962 20 L 10 1.014 19 47 c 12 1.099 18 43 08 08 14 1.117 17 L 16 1.134 16 39 18 1.163 15 35 08 08 D 20 1.169 13 L 22 1.193 13 31 24 1.234 12 27 08 08 26 1.242 11 L 28 1.265 10 23 30 1.303 09 19 08 08 32 1. 310 08 L 34 1.250 07 15 p 36 1.149 06 11 38 1.129 05 L 40 0.938 04 07 42 0.620 03 03 L L L L L L L 44 0.557 02 02 06 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 54 58 46 0.278 01 CORE AVERAGE RADIAL POWER DISTRIBUTION RING # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 REL PW 0.259 0.407 0.986 1.028 1.142 1.291 1.112 0.859

PAGE 2

~~lMERICK-1 CYCLE 16 INSTRUMENT READINGS/STATUS SEQUENCE NO 6 CALIBRATED LPRM READINGS 14-NOV-2014 06:54 CALCULATED 14-NOV-2014 06:54 PRINTED 5 23.0 35.5 36.7 30.2 CASE ID FMLD1141114065458 c 20.7 36.5 37.5 30.6 LPRM ABSOLUTE - FULL CORE B 13.5 34.5 35.2M 26.6 A 6.5 18.8 19.5M 26.6 # OF TIPS NOT SCANNED:

49D 27.7 48.4 59.6 61.9C 55.6 40.8 FAILED SENSORS:

c 27. 2 50.7 64.2 61. 7 62.4 41. 9 LPRM ( NONE FAILED)

B 19.8 58.8 72.5 69.1 71. 3 43.1 A 9.5 41.0 45.3 43.7 47.4 25.5 LPRM ( 0 PANACEA REJECTED)

OTHER SENSORS ( 0 TOTAL) 41D 44.8 62. 8 68.9 65.2 65.5 55.5 30.1 SUB RODS c 46.8 67.1 59.4 59.5 63.7 62.3 30.9 NONE B 56.l 74.9 63.9 62.6 68.8 71. 3D 26.7 A 38.6 46.3 36.6 36.1 42.4 47.5 14.2 T TIP RUN RECOMMENDED C MFLCPR LOCATION 33D 51.1 66.3 72.3 73.7 65.1 61. 5 36.4 M MAPRAT LOCATION c 52.7 55.9 74.9 72.7 59.4 61.4 37.2 D MFLPD LOCATION B 62.5 61. 3 77.8 73.8 62.5 68.9 35.0 P = PCMARG LOCATION A 43.4 35.3 45.7 43.4 36.1 43.8 19.6

MULTIPLE LOCATION 25D 49.0 63.5 70.6 72.1 68.5 59.0 35.2 c 51.0 58.2 67.0 74.7 59.1 63.6 36.1 B 61. 8 64.5 70.3 77.7 63.7 72.1 34.3 A 44.5 37.2 42.7 45.8 36.6 45.4 18.8 1 41.1 54.9 63.4 65.9 62.1 47.8 22.8 L 41. 7 57.4 58.2 55.5 66.3 49.8 20.8 B 43.2 66.0 64.5 61.1 74.3 57.9 13.6 A 23.8 45.9P 37.3 35.3 46.4 40.7 6.6 09D 41.2 48.8 50.7 44.3 27.2 c 41.1 50.8 52.2 46.1 26.4 B 42.8 61. 8 62.3 55.5 18.6 A 23.7 44.5 43.5 38.7 8.8 08 16 24 32 40 48 56 CORE

SUMMARY

CORE POWER 99.8% CALC SUB FLOW 86.6% DP MEAS PSI 12.23 CORE FLOW 90.3% OPER SUB FLOW -1.0% DP CALC PSI 12.23 LOAD LINE 106.8% FLOW BASIS MEAS FEEDWTR FLOW MLB/HR 15.37 APRM CALIBRATION 1 2 3 4 READING 100.1 100.1 100.1 100.0 AGAF 0.999 0.999 0.999 0.999 APRM - %CTP 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 TIP RUNS RECOMMENDED 0

~RINGS: NONE DRIVE FLOW MLB/HR 15.37 FEEDWTR TEMP DEG.F 433.3

ExelcnSM NF-LG-721-1005 Revision 3 Page 1of5 Nuclear This is a major re-write. No revision bars were used.

REACTOR MANEUVERING SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS PREPARATION GUIDELINE 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This T&RM describes the general theory guidelines and details for the generation or revision of the Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions.

2.0 SCOPE 2.1 This T&RM is used by the on-shift Reactor Engineer for guidance and instructions to be used when developing or revising the Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions.

2.2 This T&RM is used by the Reactor Engineer for guidance and instructions to be used when developing the Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions in preparation for a maneuver.

3.0 SOURCES AND REFERENCES 3.1 NF-LG-721 3.2 NF-LG-721-1000 3.3 NSA-01-0349,AOO Criteria Compliance Analysis Above the MELLLA Rod Line, September 7, 2001 3.4 NF-AB-720 4.0 PREREQUISITES 4.1 A Stability Rod line Pattern is available for the Unit that a Shutdown Instruction generation I revision is required.

4.2 A valid Full Power Target Rod Pattern OR current rod pattern is available for the Unit that a Shutdown Instruction generation I revision is required.

4.3 Certification Guide N-AB-ENG-CERT-RX10 is required to perform the activities within this T&RM.

Exelcn5M NF-LG-721-1005 Revision 3 Page 3 of 5 Nuclear NOTE Shutdown instructions will typically be developed at the same time as new target rod patterns, but may be developed more frequently, as changing reactor conditions warrant.

6.2.1 The Reactor Engineer shall execute the 30 MONICORE PREDICTOR module to determine an appropriate Shutdown Rod Line Pattern.

1. Specify the restart file.

2. Specify the fit-a1aptive solution (non-adaptive IF BOC start-up).

3. Specify a powJ! search calculation.

4. Input a core flow value no lower than 60 Mlbm/hr.

5. Specify restart k-effective

6. Specify transient conditions with a depletion step of 0.1 to maintain equilibrium Xenon concentrations.

7. Stack the flow reduction case.

8. Input a proposed Shutdown Rod Line Pattern. The final shutdown rod line pattern should represent a reasonable compromise of the following design objectives:

Maximize rod pattern symmetry. Octant symmetric rod patterns are optimal.

Minimize the magnitude of the power reduction.

Minimize radial power peaking.

Minimize number of rods inserted.

Consider inserting similar groups (Keep A2 rods together, A 1 rods together.)

Insert enough rods that it would be expected to reduce rod line to less than 66.7%, but not significantly less than that value. A rod line~ 45%

reduces the possibility of an automatic runback to 28% speed.

9. Submit the job for execution.

ExelonSM NF-LG-721-1005 Revision 3 Page 5 of 5 Nuclear 6.3 PREPARATION I REVISION OF REACTOR MANEUVERING SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS (RMSI).

6.3.1 Prepare the RMSI package as follows using the NF-LG-721-1005-F-01 blank forms:

1. Specify Unit on each page ofform NF-LG-721-1005-F-01.

2. Specify RMSI Flow Reduction Target value to go to during the initial power reduction at the top of Page 1.

3. Fill in Table 1, "Rods Required for Stability Rod Line" as follows:

Fill in the corresponding Shutdown Sequence ID at the top of Page 1.

Fill in the rods needed to reduce power below the 66. 7% rod line as determined from the Predictor case that was run.

4. Sign RMSI page 1.

6.3.2 Submit the completed RMSI for independent review to a Second Verifier. The Second Verifier shall review all related work and then sign the shutdown rod line rod pattern paperwork following successful completion of the review, indicating concurrence with the proposed shutdown rod line pattern and RMSI information.

6.3.3 Submit the completed RMSI to an SRO for authorization.

6.3.4 Discard old RMSI from RMSI binder and insert new approved RMSI sheets.

7.0 EXHIBITS

7.1 NF-LG-721-1005-F-01

Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions

I.=:' Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE REVIEW AND VERIFY BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR REPAIR OF 1C RHR PUMP MIN FLOW CHECK VALVE, PER OP-MA-109-101 "CLEARANCE AND TAGGING" LOJPM6723 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: ----

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

Ir Exelon Generation Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KlA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-MA-109-101 Rev: 20 Procedure Dwg E-0015, Sheet 1 Rev: 30 Procedure Dwg E-0057. Sheet 1 Rev: 42 Procedure Dwg M-0051, Sheet 1 _ __ Rev: 29 Procedure U/1 Tech Spec 3.5.1 _ __ Rev: NA Procedure U/1 Tech Spec 3.6.3 _ __ Rev. NA Procedure U/1 TRM Table 3.6.3-1 _ _ Rev. NA

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::;:::' Exelon Generation

11. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM is new. 11/12/14 LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,,:::'Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Simulator - N/A

2. Provide the following to the Examinee:

OP-MA-109-101

M-0051 , Sheet 1

E-0015, Sheet 1

E-0057, Sheet 1

"List of Proposed Blocking Points" (part of this JPM)

V. TASK STANDARD:

Review the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" (DANGER tags) for doing in-body repair work on 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C. Identify any discrepancies and revise the "List" accordingly. Determine the applicable Tech Spec Actions for performing the valve repair work.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.

2. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C is scheduled for in-body repair work.

3. PIMS is not available for developing a clearance order by electronic means.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

Using OP-MA-109-101 and the provided drawings, review the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" to ensure that the blocking points provide adequate personnel protection (DANGER tagged) for the check valve repair work. Identify any discrepancies and revise the "List" accordingly. Determine the required Tech Spec ACTION(s) for performing the valve repair work and note the ACTION(s) on this Cue Sheet.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~ Exelon Generation, Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

Ir Exelon Generation,

'Ill. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- cc I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- ct Wm ct en :!E :E en z :E :::>

> Oz 0

DETERMINE SCOPE OF WORK AND APPLICABLE BLOCKING RULES

1. Review the scope of work planned for Reviews P&ID M-0051, sheet check valve 1F046C. 1, and determines that the check valve must be isolated from fluid energy on all sides.

2. Review applicable sections of OP-MA- Reviews Section 5 "Clearance 109-101 for the applicable blocking and Tagging Standards";

rules. Section 7 "Clearance Development Standards".

May also review Attachment 6 "Clearance Writer and Approver Checklist.

DETERMINE ADEQUACY OF LIST OF PROPOSED BLOCKING POINTS

3. Review the "List of Proposed Blocking Uses provided prints to review Points" against the provided prints. the "List of Proposed Blocking Points".

4. Using E-0015, Examinee recognizes that Using E-0015, Examinee

the proposed 4KV breaker listed (152- identifies 152-11704 as the 11702) for the 1C AHR Pump is correct 4KV breaker for 1C incorrect. AHR Pump AND revises the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" to reflect the change.

5. Using M-0051, Examinee recognizes Using E-0057, Examinee

that the 1C AHR Pump Min Flow PCIV identifies 52-22323 as the (HV-051-105A) is an MOV, but the "List 480V breaker for HV-051-of Proposed Blocking Points" lacks the 105A. Examines adds the 480V breaker for that MOV. breaker to the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" AND identifies its required position as "Blocked Open I De-energized".

LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 3D.105 Page 6 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,,;S;:"' Exelon Generation I- a:

I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C w IXl

> Oz 0

DETERMINE TECH SPEC REQUIRED ACTION

6. Determine that Tech Spec 3.5.1, ECCS Determines that ACTION

- Operating, is applicable for the 3.5.1.b.1 is required: 'With one inoperable 1C LPCI subsystem. LPCI subsystem inoperable, provided that at least one CSS subsystem is OPERABLE, restore the inoperable LPCI pump to OPERABLE status within 30 days or be in at least HOT SHUTDOWN within the next 12 hours1.388889e-4 days 0.00333 hours 1.984127e-5 weeks 4.566e-6 months and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months ."

7. Determine that Tech Spec 3.6.3, Determines that ACTION

PCIVs, is applicable for the blocked 3.6.3.a is required but is closed/de-energized HV-051-105A. already satisfied because the PCIV (HV-051-105A) is HV-051-105A is the sole PCIV for the already de-activated and 1C AHR Min Flow Line (refer to U/1 secured in its isolated position, TAM 3.6.3-1, Penetration 226A). as directed by 3.6.3.a.2.

CUE:

Once the Examinee turns in the revised "List of Proposed Blocking Points" and the annotated Cue Sheet showing the applicable Tech Spec Actions, the JPM is complete.

CUE: "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM."

I JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 3D.105 Page 7 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.;::"'Exelon Generation<

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___

Job

Title:

D SED D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

REVIEW AND VERIFY BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR REPAIR OF 1C RHR PUMP MIN FLOW CHECK VALVE, PER OP-MA-109-101 "CLEARANCE AND TAGGING" JPM Number: LOJPM6723 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2990100301, Coordinate Equipment Tagouts Equipment Clearance and Switching KIA Number and Importance: 2.2.13 4.1I4.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes IZI No SRO Only: IZI Yes D No Time Critical: D Yes 1Z1 No Reference( s ):

NUREG 1123, Rev. 2, Supp 1 OP-MA-109-101, Rev. 20 M-0051, Sheet1, Rev.66 E-0015, Sheet 1, Rev. 30 E-0057, Sheet 1, Rev. 42 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate 1Z1 Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 25 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Comments:

~

Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

LOJPM6723 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 100% power.

2. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Check Valve 1F046C is scheduled for in-body repair work.

3. PIMS is not available for developing a clearance order by electronic means.

INITIATING CUE:

Using OP-MA-109-101 and the provided drawings, review the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" to ensure that the blocking points provide adequate personnel protection (DANGER tagged) for the check valve repair work. Identify any discrepancies and revise the "List" accordingly. Determine the required Tech Spec ACTION(s) for performing the valve repair work and note the ACTION(s) on this Cue Sheet.

Page 9 of 12

NOTE Do NOT give the next page (KEY) to the Examinee!

Examinee is given the Cue Sheet and the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" sheet.

Page 10 of 12

"LIST OF PROPOSED BLOCKING POINTS" KEV DO NOT GIVE TO EXAMINEE NOTE: Components marked with

are part of the Critical Step.

Component and Designation Position

1.

1C RHR Pump 1CP202 4KV Breaker 152-11704 *Racked Out

2. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve HV-051-1F007C *Blocked Closed

1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve HV-051-1F007C 480V Breaker 52-21710 *Blocked Open/De-energized OR

1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve Isolation Valve 051-1 F018C *Blocked Closed

3. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A *Blocked Closed

4. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A 480V Breaker *Blocked Open/De-energized 52-22323

5. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1064C *Blocked Open

6. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1065C *Blocked Open

7. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1099C *Blocked Open

8. *1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1053 *Blocked Open

Examinee must identify at least one DRAIN path (components 5 + 6) or one VENT path (components 7 + 8) as Blocked Open Correct 1C RHR Pump breaker designation is 152-11704; the "List of Proposed Blocking Points" shows the breaker as 152-11702.

1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A 480V Breaker 52-22323 is missing from the "List of Proposed Blocking Points."

Page 11 of 12

LIST OF PROPOSED BLOCKING POINTS Component and Designation Position

1. 1C AHR Pump 1CP202 4KV Breaker 152-11702 Racked Out

2. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow Valve Isolation Valve 051-1 F018C Blocked Closed

3. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A Blocked Closed

4. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1064C Blocked Open

5. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1065C Blocked Open

6. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1099C Blocked Open

7. 1C AHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1053 Blocked Open Page 12 of 12

LIST OF PROPOSED BLOCKING POINTS Component and Desianation Position

1. 1C RHR Pump 1CP202 4KV Breaker 152-11702 Racked Out

2. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Valve Isolation Valve 051-1 F018C Blocked Closed

3. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow PCIV HV-051-105A Blocked Closed

4. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1064C Blocked Open

5. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Drain Valve 051-1065C Blocked Open

6. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1099C Blocked Open

7. 1C RHR Pump Min Flow Vent Valve 051-1053 Blocked Open Page 12 of 12

j $Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE REVIEW AND APPROVE INVENTORY RELEASE FROM EQUIPMENT DRAIN SAMPLE TANK TO COOLING TOWER SLOWDOWN LINE JPM NUMBER: LOJPM6726 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I: Exelon Generation Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 862.1.E Rev: 30 Procedure ST-5-061-570-0 Rev: 49 Procedure ST-5-061-575-0 Rev: 15 Procedure---------- Rev: _ __

Procedure Rev: _ __

10.

Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I....::::7 Exelon Generation II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM is a MODIFIED version of the SRO A-3 JPM used on the 11/12/14 000 2012 LGS ILT NRC Exam.

LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I :FExelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Simulator- N/A

2. Provide Examinee the following:

Marked-up copy of S62.1.E, "Inventory Release From OA(B)T303 Equipment"

Marked-up copy of ST-5-061-570-0, "Radwaste Discharge Permit"

Marked up copy of ST-5-061-575-0, "Liquid Radwaste Effluent INOP Monitor" V. TASK STANDARD:

Review data for the Equipment Drain Sample Tank OAT303 release in-progress and discover the following discrepancies:

ST-5-061-575-0 is not marked as SAT with the appropriate Chemistry Supervision Signature, as required

EDST 'A' was not recirculated for the required minimum time (80 minutes)

Continued next page LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I...:' Exelon Generation, VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Radiation Monitor (OOS368) -Radwaste Effluent Radiation Monitor is INOPERABLE.

2. Chemistry has completed ST-5-061-575-0, "Liquid Radwaste Effluent INOP Monitor due to the Radwaste Radiation Monitor being INOPERABLE.

3. Fl-063-055, Cooling Tower Slowdown Flow, is in service, reading 6,300 gpm.

4. The RWEO has completed ST-5-061-570-0, Radwaste Discharge Permit up to start of the release activity step 4. 7.

5. The operator has completed S62.1.E, "Inventory Release from OA(B)T303 Equipment Drain Sample Tanks to Cooling Tower Slowdown Line" up to step 4.3.8.

6. No Hold Pond release is in progress.

7. ST-5-061-570-0, step 4.3.1 , assume the Gamma Spectrum Analysis and Liquid Permit Pre-Release Data Reports are attached and are reviewed SAT.

8. ST-5-061-575-0, Step 4.2.5, assume gamma isotopic scan is attached and has been reviewed SAT.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

1. You have just taken the shift as the CRS.

2. The prior crew has been relieved and is undergoing post-event FFD testing based on a human performance issue.

3. Equipment Drain Sample Tank 'A' discharge to cooling tower blowdown line is in progress.

4. The Shift Manager has directed you to review the documentation for the on-going release to ensure all requirements have been satisfied.

Document any discrepancies you find on this Cue Sheet.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..=:::"' Exelon Generation.

procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..=:::'Exelon Generation

1111. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I- <t Wm

> Oz 0

EVALUATOR NOTE:

Provide Examinee the Cue Sheet and marked-up copies of S62.1.E, ST-5-061-570-0, and ST-5-061-575-0.

1. Materials provided to Examinee for Reviews Cue Sheet and review. S62.1.E.

Reviews Cue Sheet INITIAL

2. Determine compensatory action CONDITIONS and/or required for inoperable OOS368 Rad S62.1.E step 4.2.13 and Monitor.

determines that, because the OOS368 Rad Monitor is inoperable, ST-5-061-575-0 must be completed SAT.

3. Determine if ST-5-061-575-0 has Discovers that the ST

been completed SAT. 061-575-0 cover sheet TEST RESULTS are not marked SAT, nor is there the required "Reviewed by" signature from a Chemistry Supervisor.

LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10

{When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I$Exelon Generation..

I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C w al

> Oz 0

4. Review ST-5-061-570-0 Radwaste Discovers the following:

Discharge Permit requirements for the on-going release.

Step 4.1 .3 shows that the tank recirc began at 1030 and should have recirc'd for at least 80 minutes (1150) before being released.

However, per step 4.5.1, the release began at 1147; the minimum tank recirc time was not satisfied.

EVALUATOR NOTE:

Examinee may decide that the release should be stopped because the minimum tank recirc time was not satisfied; there is no explicit procedural direction to do so.

5. Consider whether the on-going Decides to stop the on-release should continue or be going release due to the stopped. inadequate tank recirc time.

CUE: "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM."

JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ..=-'Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....;.

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

REVIEW AND APPROVE INVENTORY RELEASE FROM EQUIPMEN DRAIN SAMPLE TANK TO COOLING TOWER SLOWDOWN LINE JPM Number: LOJPM6726 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

3410040302 Review and Approve Radioactive Waste Discharge/Release Permits KIA Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.11 3.8 I 4.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path:D Yes [8] No SRO Only: [8] Yes D No Time Critical: D Yes [8] No Reference(s):

1. NUREG 1123, Rev. 2 Supp. 1

2. ST-5-061-570-0, Rev. 49

3. ST-5-061-575-0, Rev. 15

4. 862.1.E, Rev. 30 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate [8] Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM6726 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.=::7 Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. Radiation Monitor (OOS368) -Radwaste Effluent Radiation Monitor is INOPERABLE.

2. Chemistry has completed ST-5-061-575-0, "Liquid Radwaste Effluent INOP Monitor" due to the Radwaste Radiation Monitor being INOPERABLE.

3. Fl-063-055, Cooling Tower Slowdown Flow, is in service, reading 6,300 gpm.

4. The RWEO has completed ST-5-061-570-0, Radwaste Discharge Permit up to start of the release activity step 4.7.

5. The operator has completed S62.1.E, "Inventory Release from OA(B)T303 Equipment Drain Sample Tanks to Cooling Tower Slowdown Line" up to step 4.3.8.

6. No Hold Pond release is in progress.

7. ST-5-061-570-0, step 4.3.1, assume the Gamma Spectrum Analysis and Liquid Permit Pre-Release Data Reports are attached and are reviewed SAT.

8. ST-5-061-575-0, Step 4.2.5, assume gamma isotopic scan is attached and has been reviewed SAT.

INITIATING CUE:

1. You have just taken the shift as the CRS.

2. The prior crew has been relieved and is undergoing post-event FFD testing based on a human performance issue.

3. Equipment Drain Sample Tank 'A' discharge to cooling tower blowdown line is in progress.

4. The Shift Manager has directed you to review the documentation for the on-going release to ensure all requirements have been satisfied.

Document any discrepancies you find on this Cue Sheet.

Page 10 of 10

I..ffi?'Exelon Generation LIM ERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ERP CLASSIFICATION AND REPORTING (TIME CRITICAL)

JPM NUMBER: LOJPM3126 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j -:::::'Exelon Generation, Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure EP-AA-1008 Rev: - - -

Procedure EP-MA-114-1 OO-F-01 Rev: - - -

Procedure EP-AA-112-100-F-01 Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: - - -

~

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate.

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..:-' Exelon Generation II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence.

B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision.

C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223.

Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM replaces LLOJPM0126 Rev. 5. Revised to new template and 9/16/13 to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,,,;;S7 Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Enter the following MET conditions:

Wind Speed 7 mph

Wind Direction 255° V. TASK STANDARD:

1. Site Emergency (FS1) is declared within 15 minutes of the candidate beginning the classification.

2. Notification form completed and provided to Shift Communicator within 15 minutes of declaring the Site Area Emergency.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. 011 and 012 busses have tripped.

2. Reactor level is -230 inches and slowly rising.

3. Reactor Pressure is 220 psig and dropping quickly.

4. Drywell pressure is steady at 20 psig.

5. Drywell Post-LOCA radiation monitors are reading 250 A/Hr and steady.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

This Task is Time Critical.

This JPM will start when you tell the evaluator that you are aware of task conditions and are ready to begin.

No prior classifications or notifications have been made. You are required to make the highest classification based on the given plant conditions and make subsequent call outs. All communications should indicate a drill.

LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,..=:;'Exelon Generation, Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I£" Exelon Generation VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C Will

> Oz 0

NOTE TO EVALUATOR/DRIVER: IF JPM is NOT conducted in Simulator: Provide a screen shot of "Meteorological 15 Minute Average Point Data".

1. REFER to the appropriate LGS EAL N/A Matrix

2. Call for Shift Communicator to report Shift Communicator called toMCR to the MCR

3. Identify the operating MODE for the Hot Matrix is obtained affected Unit(s) prior to the abnormal condition, and obtain appropriate Matrix.

4. Review the initiating conditions Use EAL Matrix to classify N/A applicable to the operating MODE. event

5. IF the EAL Threshold Values have Determine Site Area

been met or exceeded, determine Emergency initiating appropriate classification conditions have been exceeded (FC-5 and either RC-5 or RC3.1 AND RC3.2)

6. DECLARE the event Declare Site Area

Emergency "FS1" within 15 minutes of the START TIME DECLARATION TIME:

7. PERFORM EP-AA-112-100-F-07 Directs Shift Communicator

Notification of Augmentation to initiate ERO augmentation 7a. Specify ERO Type of Notification ERO Response to site per Scenario 1 NOTE: If ERO is augmented prior to EP communicator being directed to make notifications, type of Activation should be specified LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 6 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

.-; Exelon Generation,

....<( ....Zw a:

ELEMENT STANDARD ....

<( en Wal

E :E en z :E :::>

> Oz 0

8. Announce the event classification, Event classification, possible possible escalation path and escalation path and declaration to the Control Room staff. declaration announced to the Control Room staff.

EP-AA-112-100.F-01, SHIFT EMERGENCY DIRECTOR CHECKLIST

9. ANNOUNCE the event classification Make announcement per to the Control Room Staff, and over scripted message within 15 the plant Public Address (PA) system minutes of declaration based on pre-scripted message guidelines in EP-AA-112

10. INITIATE required State/Local Shift Communicator notified

notification within 15 minutes of the to make notifications within event classification as required per 15 minutes of EP-MA-114-100-F-01. DECLARATION TIME.

Declaration Time:

Notification Initiated Time:

NOTE: the expectation is notification is initiated within

~(nine) minutes of declaration time. Notification times between 9-15 minutes constitutes a pass with comment.

Note: This step is graded after the next section.

EP-MA-114-100-F-01, STATE/LOCAL EVENT NOTIFICATION FORM

11. UTILITY MESSAGE NO. "1" or equivalent entered

12. VERIFIED WITH N/A N/A

13. EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Name entered

APPROVAL LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

- Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <I: Wm

<I: en :::E en z :::E :::E

> Oz 0

14. CALL STATUS Call Status marked

[gl THIS IS A DRILL

15. AFFECTED STATION Affected Station marked

[gl LIMERICK

16. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION Classification marked

[gl SITE AREA EMERGENCY

17. AFFECTED UNIT Unit(s) marked

[gl ONE

18. DECLARED AT Time Entered Date entered

19. THIS REPRESENTS A/AN This Represents marked

[gl INITIAL DECLARATION

20. EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL "FS1" entered

(EAL) NO.

21. A BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL "Loss or potential loss of

DESCRIPTION any 2 fission product barriers" or other reasonable description.

(Critical only that something is entered that identifies the event)

22. NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL Release Status marked

RELEASE STATUS

~NO RELEASE LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- £C I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- c( Wm c( en ::i ::i en z ::i ::J

J Oz 0

23. METEOROLOGY Simulator Values match

displayed Tower 1 175' using 15 minute average values:

Wind Direction:

(degrees)

Wind Speed: (MPH)

CUE: Provide MET Attachment only if in Attachment Values :

location other than simulator Wind Direction:

(degrees)

Wind Speed: (MPH)

24. UTILITY PAR (a orb) PAR Recommendation

marked

~ NOT Applicable

25. CONCLUSION Conclusion marked

~ THIS IS A DRILL (Critical that at least one of the two status blocks on the page is marked correctly and no contradictory info is marked. If contradictory info is marked, then the incorrect step is UNSAT. If one block is blank and the other is correct, then the blank block is N/A)

CUE: When form has been completed and Shift Communicator informed to process form, "You have met the termination criteria for this JPM."

JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I: Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---"'

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

ERP CLASSIFICATION AND REPORTING (TIME CRITICAL)

JPM Number: LOJPM3126 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

TP03440070302, Classify Emergency Events Requiring Emergency Plan Implementation KIA Number and Importance: Generic 2.4.41 2.3/4.1 Importance 4.6 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:D Yes~ No SRO Only:~ Yes D No Time Critical: ~Yes D No Reference(s):

EP-AA-1008, LGS EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL (EAL) MATRIX, Rev 27 EP-MA-114-100-F-01, STATE/LOCAL EVENT NOTIFICATION FORM, Rev N EP-AA-112-100-F-01, SHIFT EMERGENCY DIRECTOR CHECKLIST, Rev T Actual Testing Environment: ~ Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate ~ Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 27 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM3126 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 10 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. D11 and D12 busses have tripped.

2. Reactor level is -230 inches and slowly rising.

3. Reactor Pressure is 220 psig and dropping quickly.

4. Drywall pressure is steady at 20 psig.

5. Drywall Post-LOCA radiation monitors are reading 250 R/Hr and steady.

INITIATING CUE:

This Task is Time Critical.

This JPM will start when you tell the evaluator that you are aware of task conditions and are ready to begin.

No prior classifications or notifications have been made. You are required to make the highest classification based on the given plant conditions and make subsequent call outs. All communications should indicate a drill.

Page 11 of 12

I .=.. ExelonGeneration~ I 917METEOROLOGICAL 15 MINUTE AVERAGE POINT DATA PIO SENSOR DESCRIPTION VALUE EU T1DTULFA T1.SP.U TOWER 1 270 FT WIND SPEED 6.7 MPH T1SPIFA T1.SP.I TOWER 1 175 FT WIND SPEED 7.0 MPH T T12SPLFA T1 .SP.L TOWER 1 30 FT WIND SPEED 7.3 MPH 0 T1DRUFA T1.DR.U TOWER 1 270 FT WIND DIRECTION 252.3 DEG AZ w T1DRIFA T1 .DR.I TOWER 1 175 FT WIND DIRECTION 255 DEG AZ T1DRLFA T1.DR.L TOWER 1 30 FT WIND DIRECTION 257.2 DEG AZ E

T1DTULFA T1.DT.U-L TOWER 1 266 - 26 FT DELTA TEMP -0.3 DEG F R T1DTILFA T1.DT.l-L TOWER 1 171 - 26 FT DELTA TEMP 0.4 DEG F T1ATLFA T1.AT.L TOWER 1 26 FT AMBIENT TEMP 85.2 DEG F 1

T1DPLFA T1.DP.L TOWER 1 26 FT DEW POINT 45.00 DEG F T1RNFA T1.RN TOWER 1 PRECIPITATION 0.1 INCHES T2DTULFA T2.SP.U TOWER 2 304 FT WIND SPEED 6.8 MPH T T2SPIFA T2.SP.I TOWER 2 159 FT WIND SPEED 7.3 MPH T22SPLFA T2.SP.L TOWER 2 30 FT WIND SPEED 7.8 MPH 0

T2DRUFA T2.DR.U TOWER 2 304 FT WIND DIRECTION 251.7 DEG AZ w T2DRIFA T2.DR.I TOWER 2 159 FT WIND DIRECTION 250.5 DEG AZ E T2DRLFA T2.DR.L TOWER 2 30 FT WIND DIRECTION 257.6 DEG AZ R T2DTULFA T2.DT.U-L TOWER 2 304 - 26 FT DELTA TEMP -0.4 DEG F T2DTILFA T2.DT.l-L TOWER 2 155 - 26 FT DEL TA TEMP 0.6 DEG F 2 T2ATLFA T2.AT.L TOWER 2 26 FT AMBIEWNT TEMP 85.0 DEG F T2DPLFA T2.DP.L TOWER 2 26 FT DEW POINT 44.81 DEG F Page 12 of 12

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: Limerick Generating Station Date of Examination: Jan 12-23. 2015 Exam Level: RO X SRO-ID SRO-U D Operating Test No.: 1 Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO); (7 for SRO-I); (2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)

System I JPM Title Type Code* Safety Function

a. Start a Reactor Recirc Pump (202001 A3.02) A,D,S,P 1

b. Manually Place 3rd Reactor Feed Pump in Service (259001 A4.02) A,D,S, P 2

c. Open a Single Isolated MSIV (239001 A4.02) D,S 3

d. Operate Unit 1 RCIC in Full Flow Test {217000 A2.12) M,S 4

e. Perform a Group Ill NSSSS Isolation Reset (223002 A4.03) D,S 5

f. Supplying Power to a 480 V AC Non-Safeguard Load Center from its A,D,S 6 Alternate Source (262001 A4.05)

g. Place Alternate RECW Pump in Service (400000 A2.01) A,D,S 8

h. Manually Isolate the Reactor Enclosure (223002 A4.02) A,N,S,EN 9 In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO); (3 for SRO-I); (3 or 2 for SRO-U)

i. Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions D,R,E,L,P 2 (295031 EA 1.10)

j. Install Air Jumper to Provide Long Term ADS Operation from D*1 D/G Air D,R,L 8 Compressor (218000 A2.03)

k. Drywall Spray Interlock Bypass (226001 A2.15) D,R,E,L 5

@ All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

Type Codes Criteria for RO I SRO-I I SRO-U (A)lternate path 4-6 I 4-6 I 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank S9/S8/S4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant C::1/C::1/C::1 (EN)gineered safety feature - I - I c::1 (control room system)

(L)ow-Power I Shutdown C::1/C::1/C::1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A) C::2/C::2/C::1 (P)revious 2 exams s 3 Is 3 Is 2 (randomly selected)

(R)CA C::1/C::1/C::1 (S)imulator

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: Limerick Generating Station Date of Examination: Jan 12-23, 2015 Exam Level: ROD SRO-IX SRO-U D Operating Test No.: 1 Control Room Systems (8 for RO); (7 for SRO-I); (2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)

System I JPM Title Type Code* Safety Function

a. Start a Reactor Recirc Pump (202001 A3.02) A,D,S,P 1

b. Manually Place 3rd Reactor Feed Pump in Service (259001 A4.02) A,D,S,P 2

c. Open a Single Isolated MSIV (239001 A4.02) D,S 3

d. Operate Unit 1 RCIC in Full Flow Test (217000 A2.12) M, S 4 e.

f. Supplying Power to a 480 VAC Non-Safeguard Load Center from its A,D,S 6 Alternate Source (262001 A4.05)

g. Place Alternate RECW Pump in Service (400000 A2.01) A,D,S 8

h. Manually Isolate the Reactor Enclosure (223002 A4.02) A,N,S,EN 9 In-Plant Systems (3 for RO); (3 for SRO-I); (3 or 2 for SRO-U)

i. Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions D, R, E, L, P 2 (295031 EA1.10)

j. Install Air Jumper to Provide Long Term ADS Operation from D*1 D/G Air D,R,L 8 Compressor (218000 A2.03)

k. Drywall Spray Interlock Bypass (226001 A2.15) D,R,E,L 5

@ All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

Type Codes Criteria for RO I SRO-I I SRO-U (A)lternate path 4-6 I 4-6 I 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank S9/S8/S4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant <!!1/<!!1/<!!1 (EN)gineered safety feature - I - I <!!1 (control room system)

(L)ow-Power I Shutdown <!!1/<!!1/<!!1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A) <!!2/<!!2/<!!1 (P)revious 2 exams s 3 Is 3 Is 2 (randomly selected)

(R)CA <!!1/<!!1/<!!1 (S)imulator

ES-301 Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline Form ES-301-2 Facility: Limerick Generating Station Date of Examination: Jan 12-23. 2015 Exam Level: ROD SR0-10 SRO-U X Operating Test No.: 1 Control Room Systems@ (8 for RO); (7 for SRO-I); (2 or 3 for SRO-U, including 1 ESF)

System I JPM Title Type Code* Safety Function

a. Start a Reactor Recirc Pump (202001 A3.02) A,D,S,P 1 b.

c.

d.

e.

f. Supplying Power to a 480 VAC Non-Safeguard Load Center from its A,D,S 6 Alternate Source (262001 A4.05)

h. Manually Isolate the Reactor Enclosure (223002 A4.02) A,N,EN,S 9 In-Plant Systems@ (3 for RO); (3 for SRO-I); (3 or 2 for SRO-U)

i. Maximizing CAD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions D, R,E,L, P 2 (295031 EA1.10)

j. Install Air Jumper to Provide Long Term ADS Operation from D*1 DIG Air D,R,L 8 Compressor (218000 A2.03) k.

@ All RO and SRO-I control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; all 5 SRO-U systems must serve different safety functions; in-plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

Type Codes Criteria for RO I SRO-I I SRO-U (A)lternate path 4-6 I 4-6 I 2-3 (C)ontrol room (D)irect from bank S9/S8/S4 (E)mergency or abnormal in-plant ~1/~1/~1 (EN)gineered safety feature - I - I ~1 (control room system)

(L)ow-Power I Shutdown 2:1/2:1/2:1 (N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A) 2:2/2:2/2:1 (P)revious 2 exams s 3 I s 3 Is 2 (randomly selected)

(R)CA 2:1/2:1/2:1 (S)imulator

1..£7 ExelonGeneration.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE START A REACTOR RECIRCULATION PUMP (Alternate Path)

JPM Number: LOJPM3092 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 1 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.;::;:' Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure S43.1.A Rev: - - -

Procedure -=....:..:.:~"--------

S43.2.A Rev: - - -

Procedure ARC MCR 111 D-2 Rev:

Procedure Rev: - - -

Rev: _ __

Procedure----------

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I.::=:'Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces 2012 NRC JPM Designation A Rev. 1. Revised to 10/20/14 000 new template and to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 3 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..:'Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset to single loop IC, with reactor power at -22%, post Recirculation Pump trip with sufficient Control Rod insertion as necessary to allow for Recirculation Pump restart.

2. Ensure '1A' RRP shutdown IAW S43.2.A, and startup of '1A' RRP complete up to and including step 4.3.6 of S43.1.A. (step prior to placing ASD hand-switch to start)

3. Insert the following malfunctions to trigger when '1A' RRP discharge valve is full open:

a. VIC105A6, VIM105A06, VIM105A05: 3 minute ramp time to 20 mils

b. ARC-MRC-111 02 (1 minute time delay)

V. TASK STANDARD:

'1A' Reactor Recirculation Pump started and then secured due to high vibration VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. '1 A' Recirculation Pump tripped due to ASD setpoint programming error.

2. The cause has been found and corrected.

3. Reactor power is currently at - 22%, ready for startup of '1A' RRP.

4. S43.1.A, Start Up of Recirculation System, is complete up to and including step 4.3.6.

5. ST-6-043-391-1, "Reactor Recirculation Single Loop Operation Temperature and Flow Check, was last performed 2 minutes ago. It has been reviewed and temperatures are satisfactory by SSV.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

You have been directed by Shift Supervision to start up 1A Reactor Recirculation Pump in accordance with S43.1.A.

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I.if:"'ExelonGeneration.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.:;;;:'Exelon Generation VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

!:;: z w

ELEMENT STANDARD -

en Wm

E :E z :E ::>

> 0 z 0

NOTE Step 4.3. 7 will initiate the following sequence of actions:

1. The ASD starts the pre-charge cycle.

2. The pre-charge 'In progress' light illuminates on MCA panel 1OC602.

3. If the pre-charge completes in<45 seconds, the 'pre-charge complete' light illuminates on MCA 1OC602. (The pre-charge status 'complete' light may illuminate and then extinguish quickly)

4. The 13.2KV breaker for the ASD will close once the pre-charge cycle is complete.

5. The reactor recirc pump motor will start and ramp up to 466 RPM speed as indicated on XR-043-101 A recorder at 1OC602 panel.

11

6. The Pump A Running" light on 1OC602 will illuminate when the recirc pump motor gets to approximately 333 RPM.

NOTE During the pre-charge cycle MINOR, MAJOR AND TRIP alarms will annunciate but will reset.

1. PLACE ASD 'START A' switch to Candidate places ASD "START" 'START A' switch to "START" and observes startup sequence.

2. When the pre-charge cycle is Candidate verifies that ASD complete, supply breaker closes AND the ASD supply breaker closes, THEN PERFORM the following:

2a. VERIFY the Recirc Pump is ramping Candidate verifies when ASD up in speed as indicated on XR-043- supply breaker closes '1 A' 101 A on 1OC602 panel ARP begins ramping up in speed.

2b. VERIFY either "Pump A RUNNING" Candidate verifies either light is lit Pump A RUNNING light lit or OR pump speed is >333 RPMs pump speed is >333 RPMs LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 6 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- a:

. . ., zWmw

ELEMENT STANDARD en :e :e z :e :::>

> 0 z 0

EVALUATORS NOTE: In the following step, applicant must ensure previous transient has subsided before next jog, while also ensuring discharge valve is full open before 3 minutes has elapsed; else a pump trip will occur.

The first few discharge valve opening strokes will have a pronounced effect on core power and reactor water level. Once conditions are met as described, larger valve strokes can be used to obtain full open indication on HV-43-1F031A

3. JOG OPEN HV-43-1 F031A, Candidate alternates turning

DISCHARGE, at 1OC602 for 1 to 2 HV-43-1 F031 A control switch seconds allowing 5 to 10 seconds to OPEN and PULL TO LOCK for power to jog the discharge valve AND level to stabilize. Repeat as open in 1 to 2 second necessary until both the following intervals.

conditions are met:

Recirc Pp speed is stable at 466 rpms

Fl-42-1 R611A, Total Jet Pump Loop Flow" (FL) is approximately 15 lbs/hr X1 OE6 or higher EVALUATORS CUE: (If necessary): If the applicant starts to review the position of power to flow map, notify the applicant that CRS will evaluate the power to flow map and you are directed to proceed with start up of 1A reactor recirculation pump.

4. ENSURE HV-43-1 F031A is full Candidate verifies full open

OPEN. indication on HV-43-1 F031A

5. PRESS PB-043-107A 'A FAULT Candidate attempts to reset RESET' pushbutton twice to clear any HMI alarms that may any resettable HMI alarms have come in during the startup cycle

6. VERIFY Recirc Pp normal operating Candidate performs conditions per Attachment 4 for Main Attachment 1 Control room indications AND requests EO to perform AND Attachment 5 for Turbine Attachment 5 Enclosure/Reactor Enclosure indications.

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

.=:r Exelon Generation, I- c::

t:: z w

ELEMENT STANDARD '""

en wm

E :E z :E ::::>

> 0 z 0

ALTERNATE PATH BEGINS HERE:

EVALUATORS CUE: (If Candidate attempts to respond to VMS), provide the following:

The CRS informs you another operator will respond to the VMS alarms on 107 REACTOR Ensure Annunciator 111 D-21A RECIRC PUMP MOTOR HI VIBRATION inserted 1 minute after Discharge Valve is fully open.

Ensure Malf VIC105A6 0-20 mils inserted over 3 minutes after Discharge Valve is fully open.

Ensure Malf VIM10506 0-20 mils inserted over 3 minutes after Discharge Valve is fully open.

Ensure Malf VIM10505 0-20 mils inserted over 3 minutes after Discharge Valve is fully open.

7. Candidate responds to ARC-111-D2, N/A performing the following:

7a. IF vibration monitoring system Candidate notes Recirc Pump indicates a problem, THEN reduce at minimum speed and no speed of '1 A' Recirc Pump to clear further speed reduction can annunciator. be accomplished.

7b. Attempt to clear alarm by pressing Candidate presses reset reset button at 1OC602 for several button at 1OC602 for several seconds. seconds.

7c. IF annunciator cannot be cleared Candidate verifies after reducing flow to the low speed recirculation pump vibration is setpoint, AND Vibration monitoring not instrument malfunction system indicates a problem, THEN and is worsening; proceeds to secure '1A' Recirc Pump per S43.2.A to secure the '1 A' S43.2.A Recirc Pump.

CUE: (If necessary): If the applicant requests '1 A' Recirc Pump vibration levels, inform Candidate that pump vibration level is 12 mils and up slow.

One minute later, inform Candidate that pump vibration has risen to 18 mils and continues up slow.

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

...,.. Exelon Generation I- a:

Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD I- !;;: Wm

<C (/) ::E ::E

(/) z ::E :::>

> Oz 0

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed by S43.2.A, Shutdown Of A Recirculation Pump PRECAUTIONS - Operation with less than two Reactor (Rx) Coolant Recirc Loops requires actions per Technical Specification (TS) 3.4.1.1

8. Candidate notifies CRS per S43.2.A, Candidate notifies SSV that Step 3.1 Operation with less than actions per TS 3.4.1 .1 are two Reactor (Rx) Coolant Recirc required.

Loops requires actions per Technical Specification (TS) 3.4.1.1.

CUE: CRS acknowledges Technical Specification (TS) 3.4.1.1 requirement.

9. IF Rx is at power, Candidate monitors position THEN monitor position on on Power/Flow Map.

Power/Flow Map in accordance with GP-5 Appendix 2, Planned Rx Maneuvering Without Shutdown AND/OR OT-112 Recirculation Pump Trip, as applicable.

CUE: Plant conditions support plant trip without any subsequent action, as plant was stable and ready for pump start at beginning of JPM.

10. ENSURE that recirc pump is at min Candidate ensures that recirc speed, 466 RPM as indicated on pump is at min speed, 466 recorder XR-043-101A, "ASD '1A' RPM as indicated on recorder Speed/Demand Recorder" on panel XR-043-101A on panel 10C602. 10C602 LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

- Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <I: Wal

<I: en :i :i en z :i ::::>

> Oz 0

EVALUATORS NOTE: The ASD may be secured via PB-043-102A pushbutton OR by placing the ASD Breaker control switch in 11 STOP 11

Either one of these is acceptable for completion of critical task. (step 11)

11. SECURE the '1 A' ASD system via Candidate trips the '1A' ASD

push button PB-043-102A on via push button PB-043-102A 10C602 panel "1A ASD Normal on 10C602 panel "'A' Normal Stop". Stop" OR placing "A" ASD Breaker control switch "START A" in "STOP".

12. VERIFY that the '1A' ASD 13.2 KV Candidate verifies that the 1A breaker opens. ASD 13.2 KV breaker opens CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 10 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I$Exelon Generation.

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----"'

Job

Title:

0 SEO 0 SM 0 SRO 0 RO 0 STA/IA 0 EO 0 OTHER JPM

Title:

Start Reactor Recirculation Pump (Alternate Path)

JPM Number: LOJPM3092 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2020010101 Place Recirculation System in Service 2020030101 Secure a Recirculation Pump KIA Number and Importance: 202001 A3.02 3.1/3.0 Level of Difficulty (1-5) ~

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:IZ! Yes 0 No SRO Only: 0 Yes 1Z1 No Time Critical: 0 Yes 1Z1 No Reference(s): S43.1.A, Start Up of Recirculation System, Rev 69 S43.2.A, Shutdown Of A Recirculation Pump, Rev 33 Annunciator 111 D-2 1A RECIRC PUMP MOTOR HI VIBRATION, Rev 1 Actual Testing Environment: IZI Simulator 0 Control Room 0 In-Plant 0 Other Testing Method: 0 Simulate 1Z1 Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 30 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? 0 Yes 0 No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: 0 Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

LOJPM3092 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 11 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ - Exelon Generation_

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. '1 A' Recirculation Pump tripped due to ASD setpoint programming error.

2. The cause has been found and corrected.

3. Reactor power is currently at - 22%, ready for startup of '1A' RRP.

4. S43.1.A, Start Up of Recirculation System, is complete up to and including step _ _

5. ST-6-043-391-1, "Reactor Recirculation Single Loop Operation Temperature and Flow Check," was last performed 2 minutes ago. It has been reviewed and temperatures are satisfactory by SSV.

INITIATING CUE:

You have been directed by Shift Supervision to start up 1A Reactor Recirculation Pump in accordance with S43.1.A.

Page 12 of 12

1.= ExelonGeneration LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MANUALLY PLACE 3Ro REACTOR FEED PUMP IN SERVICE JPM Number: LOJPM3754 REVISION NUMBER: 001 DATE: _ _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.:;:;:"Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KlA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure S06.1.C U/1 Rev: 15 Procedure S06.2.C U/1 Rev: 11 Procedure S06.0.E U/1 Rev: 11 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SM E I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..s::"" Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0754 Rev. 1. Revised to new template and 10/15/13 000 to align with latest procedure revision.

001 Revised to change standard for last step to allow trip of the '1 C' RFP 1/17/14 by use of TRIP pushbutton OR EMERGENCY STOP.

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1..s:r Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset to IC that supports removal of 1 RFPT with Rx Power z 60% and build the following scenario:

Hide Mattunctiom1

S Hide Hemates

0 Hide A1111um;iatont

o . ji

----------------------~--------------*---*---*--------------------1 Favorites Triggers Tri # Tri Text 1 FWNTRPM(3)>=3500 2 ZL081(2194) 3 ZLO B1(2203) 4 5

sUbtiaction 6

7

>~.Rekitio~r*~/~:f :t,\,.~

8

> Grealei than :;!

>* Greater Then **

9 10 ~;;~~f:~=~n.

11 <* Len than or 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 71

!rigger Now I* CJearAI LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I :":"Exelon Generation .

V. TASK STANDARD:

"1 C" RFP tripped due to high vibration condition.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 60% power.

2. "1 C" RFPT is in Standby in accordance with S06.1 .A U/1 .

3. "1 C" RFPT has been in Standby at 2300 RPM for 65 minutes.

4. Minimum Recirculation Flow established in Auto Mode per S06.0.A U/1.

5. Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is 113°F.

6. An RO is stationed at the Reactor Recirc Pump Controls at 1OC602.

7. All S06.1.C U/1 Prerequisites are complete for placing the 1C Reactor Feed Pump in service.

8. FWLCS is operational.

9. FWLCS sequence was initiated, and initiation failed.

10. An EO is standing by at the RFP VII. INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by Shift Supervision to MANUALLY place the "1 C" Reactor Feed Pump in service from Standby per S06.1.C U/1. Procedure is complete up to and including step 4.1.2.

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[$Exelon Generation, Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,.;::"Exelon Generation, VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- cc I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I- <( Wm

<( en ::E ::E en z ::E :::>

> Oz 0

1. ENSURE the following: Oncoming Feed The Initial conditions Pump has been adequately warmed. are referenced to verify that the "1 C" RFP has been adequately warmed 1.a HV-006-108C, "1C" RFP Disch Viv is HV-006-108C is closed for the oncoming RFP verified closed.

1.b HIC-006-106C, "C" RFP Min Flow Control HIC-006-106C is in AUTO for the oncoming RFP verified in AUTO

2. IF 1A RFP is being placed IN SERVICE, N/A THEN ENSURE HV-006-138A, "1A RFP BPV, is closed.

3. IF third RFP is being placed IN SERVICE THEN PERFORM the following:

3.a REFER TO current P-1 edit AND VERIFY FLLLP is verified to be FLLLP is <0.92 <0.92 3.b ACCESS screen FWLC_01, Process Screen FWLC_01 is Overview, at FWLCS Operator Station accessed FLLLP <0. 92 Box is

3.c SELECT blue bordered box next to outlined in white "Reset" in FLLLP <0.92 Dialog Box until it is outlined in white AND then release.

3.d SELECT (D4) Dialog Key (at bottom of screen)

(D4) Dialog Key is selected LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

..-::,..:" Exelon Generation, I- cc I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C Will

> Oz 0

3e. AND VERIFY box next to "Reset" in FLLLP box solid blue FLLLP <0.92 Dialog Box turns solid blue with white circle in with white circle in center. center verified

4. PLACE FIC-M1-1 R601C, "C RFPT FIC-M1-1R601C "C" Speed Controller" (FEED PUMP A(B, C), RFPT Speed in "AUTO" for oncoming RFP Controller" (FEED PUMP C) in "AUTO

5. IF PMS Computer Point KOOONSS N/A (K001NSS,K002NSS)hasbeen substituted, THEN RESTORE per RT-6-038-800-1.

CUE: "PMS Computer Point KOOONSS is NOT substituted"

6. OPEN HV-006-108A(B,C), "1A(B,C) RFP Disch Viv" (FEED, DISCH A(B,C)), for HV-006-108C, "1C" RFP Disch Viv Opened oncoming RFP at panel 1OC651 6.a AND VERIFY FWLCS maintains RPV RPV level monitored level.

7. VERIFY the following automatic actions: N/A 7.a Oncoming RFPT speed rises until Oncoming RFPT oncoming RFP discharge pressure is speed rises, RFP nominal 10 psig below RPV pressure discharge pressure is nominal 1O psig below RPV pressure 7.b WHEN oncoming RFP discharge Oncoming RFP begins pressure nominal 10 psig below RPV feeding RPV pressure, THEN oncoming RFPT speed slowly rises until oncoming RFP begins feeding RPV

8. VERIFY oncoming AND running RFP(s) Oncoming AND are maintaining RPV level running RFP(s) are maintaining RPV level LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 8 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

....:...,. Exelon Generation, I- cc

!:; z w ELEMENT STANDARD -

en Wm

as ::as z ::as::::>

> 0 z 0

NOTE: Alternate Path begins at next with next step.

9. Respond to Annuciators: NOTE: 107 ANNs for

107 REACTOR 1-2, Vibration Alarm Vibration Alarm and Alert Danger will only come in once and remain in

107 REACTOR 1-3, Vibration Alarm alarm Danger

102 FEED C-2, 1C RFPT HI Vibration 9a. Monitor RFPT vibration levels on Monitor Vibration Vibration Monitoring System (VMS) AND levels on VMS DAS terminals.

CUE: Report as the EO in the field, "The 1C Reactor Feed Pump is beginning to vibrate severely. The pump and the attached piping are shaking."

NOTE: Following the EO report, it is expected that the operator will manually trip the '1C' RFP.

In this case, skip directly to step 1O. The operator may also attempt to perform the one of the following actions to clear the vibration alarms. This will not, however, reduce the vibration and the operator will still be expected to trip the feed pump. If the operator suggests tripping the feed pump to the CRS then respond "You are directed to trip the '1C' Reactor Feed Pump."

9b. The Following is directed from ANN 102 Candidate lowers FEED C-2, 1C RFPT HI Vibration: speed by:

IF RFPT vibration on BOTH VMS probes (X&Y) on a bearing are >5 mils, Manual (MAN) pushbutton on THEN raise/lower RFPT speed to clear HI VIBRATION alarm by performing one FIC-M1-1 R601 C, of the following: RFPT Speed Controller in MANUAL

Raising/lowering RFPT speed using FIC-Ml-1 R601 C, RFPT Speed OR Controller in MANUAL HS-006-149C, 1C OR RFPT Speed Cont. SW

HS-006-149C, "1C RFPT Speed Cont. SW" (MSC) per S06.0.E U/1.

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 9 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

,_.,, Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C Wm

> Oz 0

9c. The Following is directed from ANN 102 N/A FEED C-2, 1C RFPT HI Vibration:

IF RFPT vibration on BOTH VMS probes (X&Y) on a bearing are >8 mils, THEN lower Rx power per GP-3 OR GP-5 Appendix 2, as applicable, to within the capability of the remaining RFP(s) AND remove 1C RFPT from service per S06.2.C U/1.

CUE: If asked if reactor power needs to need to be lowered, respond as CRS "Rx power is within the capability of the remaining RFPs."

10. TRIP the Reactor Feed Pump "1 C" RFPT TRIP C pushbutton OR EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton for '1 C' RFP is depressed CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 10 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I:'Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____;,

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Manually Place 3rd RFP in Service JPM Number: LOJPM3764 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

TP0-2950050101 Place a Standby Reactor Feed Pump in Service from Standby KIA Number and Importance: 295001 A4.02 3.9/3.7 Level of Difficulty (1-5) i Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:IZJ Yes D No SRO Only: D Yes IZI No Time Critical: D Yes IZI No Reference(s): S06.1.C U/1, Rev. 15 Actual Testing Environment: IZI Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate 1Z1 Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ _ __

LOJPM3754 Rev001.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 11of12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~rn* Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 60% power.

2. "1 C" RFPT is in Standby in accordance with S06.1.A U/1.

3. "1 C" RFPT has been in Standby at 2300 RPM for 65 minutes.

4. Minimum Recirculation Flow established in Auto Mode per 806.0.A U/1.

5. Lube Oil Cooler Outlet temperature is 113°F.

6. An RO is stationed at the Reactor Recirc Pump Controls at 1OC602.

7. All S06.1.C U/1 Prerequisites are complete for placing the 1C Reactor Feed Pump in service.

8. FWLC8 is operational.

9. FWLCS sequence was initiated, and initiation failed.

10. An EO is standing by at the RFP INITIATING CUE STATEMENT:

You are directed by Shift Supervision to MANUALLY place the "1 C" Reactor Feed Pump in service from Standby per 806.1.C U/1. Procedure is complete up to and including step 4.1.2.

Page 12 of 12

I,,,:"'Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE OPEN A SINGLE ISOLATED MSIV JPM NUMBER: LOJPM3086 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I...:' Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 841.3.B Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev:

Procedure----------

Rev: _ __

Procedure---------- Rev: _ __

Procedure Rev:

10.

Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1.= Exelon Generation, II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

8. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM replaces LLOJPM0086 Rev. 5 Revised to new template and 9/26/13 to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.,::-Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset to IC 17 and lower Reactor power to <75% reactor power.

2. Close the Inboard MSIV, HV-41-1F022A.

3. Allow plant to stabilize, acknowledge alarms and attempt to reset any annunciators which will clear.

V. TASK STANDARD:

HV-41-1 F028A and HV-41-1 F022A are open, and the Main Steam Drain Valves are closed.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Reactor Power is <75%.

2. Inboard MSIV HV-41-1 F022A inadvertently closed.

3. Repairs complete on HV-41-1 F022A.

4. There are no Group I isolation signals present.

5. HP has been notified of this evolution.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

You are directed by the Control Room Supervisor to open the MSIV HV-41-1 F022A, per S41.3.B section 4.2.

LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I :""!'Exelon Generation Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The J PM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1..::::-Exelon Generation.

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- ~ Wal

~ en :a: :a:

en z

> :a:

Oz 0

1. Obtain current revision of Current revision of S41.3.B S41.3.B obtained.

2. INFORM HP that MSIV will be HP notified opened AND another steam flow path is being established CUE: HP notified

3. ENSURE alignment of the following Main Steam System

HV-C-41-1 F020, OPEN valves at panel *OC601:

HV-41-142, OPEN

HV-C-41-*F020, OPEN

HV-41-143, OPEN

HV-41-*42, OPEN

HV-41-*43, OPEN

4. ALIGN the following Main Steam System valves to drain

HV-41-1 F016, OPEN with handswitch placed condensate from upstream in STOP after valve is AND downstream piping around open (per note in outboard MSIV at panel *OC601: procedure) (handswitch placed in STOP is not

HV-41-*F016, OPEN considered critical)

HV-41-*F019, OPEN

HV-41-*F021, OPEN

HV-41-1F019, OPEN

HV-41-1F021, OPEN

5. OPEN HV-01-*04, "Main Steam Line Startup Drain" (STARTUP HV-01-104 OPEN DRAIN), at panel *OC653.

6. WAIT 5 to 10 minutes before N/A proceeding to the next step to allow condensate to drain CUE: 10 minutes have elapsed LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration, I- cc I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I- < WCQ UJ UJ z ::E ::E

> ::E ::>

Oz 0

7. IF MSIV was not isolated in accordance with S41.3.C, Isolation of One Main Steam Line at Power THEN PERFORM the following:

CUE: MSIV was not isolated per S41.3.C 7a. DEPRESS white "Single" White "Single" pushbutton pushbutton on LIC-M1-*R600, on LIC-M1-1 R600, "Reactor "Reactor Level Controller" Level Controller" (MASTER, (MASTER, LV), at panel LV), at panel 1OC603

OC603. depressed.

7b. VERIFY white "Single" White "Single" pushbutton is pushbutton is lit on lit on LIC-M1-1 R600, LIC-M1-*R600, "Reactor Level "Reactor Level Controller" Controller" (MASTER, LV), at (MASTER, LV), at panel panel *OC603. 1OC603 verified.

7c. MARK steps 4.2.7.1, 4.2.7.2, Steps marked as N/A and 4.2.7.3 as N/A.

8. VERIFY MSIV Test Mode is N/A activated at FWLCS Operator Station as follows:

8a. ACCESS screen FWLC_2, N/A Measuring Points 1 8b. VERIFY box next to MSIV Test N/A Mode" in Steam Line Flow Dialog Box is solid blue with white circle in center.

8c. ACCESS the Event List at N/A FWLCS Operator Station AND VERIFY "*XX-FW301.IVTM MSIV Testing Mode" appears with a condition of "Set" LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <t Wm

<t en en z == :E

E ::l

l Oz 0

9. OPEN HV-41-*F022A, "Inboard HV-41-1 F022A in "AUTO" and MSIV," by placing handswitch to OPEN "AUTO"

10. ALIGN the following Main Steam

HV-41-1F016, CLOSED System valves, unless otherwise (With handswitch left in directed by GP-2, Normal Plant CLOSE)

Startup, at panel *OC601:

HV-41-1F019, CLOSED

HV-41-*F016, closed

HV-41-1 F021, CLOSED

HV-41-*F019, closed

HV-41-*F021, closed

11 .. CLOSE HV-01-*04, "Main Steam Line Startup Drain" HV-01-104 is closed (STARTUP DRAIN), at panel

OC653.

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I$Exelon Generation JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Open a Single Isolated MSIV JPM Number: LOJPM3086 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

TP0-2390040101 Monitor/Operate & Equalize Pressure Across the MS IVs KIA Number and Importance: 239001 A4.02 3.2/3.2 Level of Difficulty (1-5) ~

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:D Yes [8J No SRO Only: D Yes [8J No Time Critical: D Yes [8J No Reference(s): S41.3.B, Reopening a Single Isolated MSIV, Rev 015 Actual Testing Environment: [8J Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate [8J Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM3086 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration .

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Reactor Power is <75%.

2. Inboard MSIV HV-41-1 F022A inadvertently closed.

3. Repairs complete on HV-41-1 F022A.

4. There are no Group I isolation signals present.

5. HP has been notified of this evolution.

INITIATING CUE STATEMENT:

You are directed by the Control Room Supervisor to open the MSIV HV-41-1 F022A, per 841.3.B section 4.2 Page 10 of 10

Ir Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE OPERATE RCIC FULL FLOW TEST CST TO CST JPM Number: LOJPM3093 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I -"""!!"'Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 849.1.D Rev: - - -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~-

Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I.:' Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM is new. 10/20/14 LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 3D.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

\ ..:'Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Place Suppression Pool Cooling in service.

2. Copy of S49.1.D, RCIC System Full Flow Functional Test And Turbine Oil Priming with prerequisites for S49.1.D signed off.

V. TASK STANDARD:

Unit 1 RCIC in CST to CST full flow test, using Manual Slow Start per S49.1.D, RCIC System Full Flow Functional Test and Turbine Oil Priming.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. RCIC will be run for a 30 minute Post Maintenance Test (PMT) following maintenance on the Turbine Oil system.

2. All prerequisites for S49.1.D have been completed.

3. RCIC System available for auto initiation per S49.1.A, Normal RCIC Line-up for Automatic Operation.

4. Vibration Monitor System for RCIC is in operation.

5. RHR Suppression Pool Cooling is in service to support RCIC run.

6. The PRO is monitoring Suppression Pool temperature per ST-6-060-390-1, Suppression Pool Temperature Check.

7. HP has been informed of changing radiological conditions due to the RCIC run.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision directs you to place Unit 1 RCIC in CST to CST full flow test, using Section 4.3, Manual Slow Start using FIC-49-1 R600, of S49.1.D, RCIC System Full Flow Functional Test and Turbine Oil Priming.

LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,,,:"Exelon Generation.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,,:;:'Exelon Generation.

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

t- a:

t- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD t-c(

c(

en Wm z :E :E en :E ::>

> Oz 0

1. ENSURE HV-55-*F071, "HPCI/ HV-55-1 F071 HPCl/RCIC RCIC Flush Line to Suppression Flush Line to Suppression Pool" (TEST OUTBOARD), Pool valve closed closed.

2. ENSURE HV-55-*F008, "Test HV-55-1 FOOS, Test Loop Loop Shutoff" (TEST ISOL), Shutoff (TEST ISOL), closed closed.

3. ENSURE HV-49-*F022, "RCIC HV-49-1 F022, RCIC Test Test Loop Isolation" (TEST Loop Isolation (TEST ISOL),

ISOL), is closed. closed EVALUATOR NOTE: System Startup Section 4.2

4. PERFORM the following to open HV-55-*F011, "HPCl/RCIC Test N/A Return to CST"(CONDENSATE RETURN).

5. PLACE HS-55-*11 in OPEN at HV-55-1 F011, HPCl/RCIC

panel *OC64 7. Test Return to CST (CONDENSATE RETURN)

OPEN

6. WHEN HV-55-*F011 is full open When HV-55-1 F011 is full THEN PLACE HS-55-*11 in open HS-55-111 placed in STOP STOP

7. START *OP219, "Barometric Barometric Condenser

Condenser Vacuum Pump" Vacuum Pump running (VACUUM PUMP).

8. OPEN HV-50-*F046, "RCIC HV-50-1 F046, "RCIC Lube

Lube Oil Cooling Water Supply" Oil Cooling Water Supply" (COOLING WATER) (COOLING WATER) open LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I- ct en w ca ct ::i ::i en z ::i ::::>

> Oz 0

9. MONITOR Suppression Pool temperature per ST-6-060-390-*, N/A Suppression Pool Temperature Check.

CUE: The PRO is performing ST-6-060-390-1, per briefing sheet.

10. IF required to limit Suppression Pool Temperature any time N/A during this procedure, THEN PLACE Suppression Pool Cooling Mode of RHR System in service per S51 .8.A, Suppression Pool Cooling Operation (Startup and Shutdown) and Level Control.

CUE: Suppression Pool Cooling is in service, per briefing sheet

11. INFORM HP of changing radiological conditions due to N/A RCIC system start CUE: HP informed that radiological conditions in the RCIC room may change due to RCIC run, per briefing sheet.

EVALUATOR NOTE: Manual Slow Start Section 4.3

12. PLACE FIC-49-*R600, "RCIC FIC-49-1 R600 placed in

Pump Discharge Flow Controller MANUAL (FL), in "MANUAL" AND SET to 0%.

13. OPEN HV-50-*F045, "RCIC HV-50-1 F045, "RCIC Steam

Steam Supply" (INLET), at Supply" (INLET) open

OC648 LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~*

,._... Exelon Generation .

I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <I: Wr:D

<I: en :E :E en z

> :E :::>

Oz 0

EVALUATORS NOTE: If differential pressure across HV-49-*F022 is greater than 1000 psid, the valve may trip on thermals and not open. Quickly throttling HV-49-*F022 after indication of RCIC speed will prevent pressure lock on the valve. (Step 16)

14. PERFORM the following to start RCIC turbine:

15. Slowly RAISE the output of FIC- "OPEN" detent pushbutton on 49-*R600 until turbine speed FIC-49-1 R600 depressed begins to raise as indicated on until turbine speed rises on Sl-50-*01-1, "Turbine Speed" (S) Sl-50-101-1.

16. WHEN RCIC turbine speed HV-49-1 F022 RCIC throttled begins to increase THROTTLE open to establish flow of 200-HV-49-*F022, "RCIC Full Flow 600 gpm.

Test" (TEST ISOL).

17.!.E_HV-49-*F022 will not open, N/A THEN perform the following:

18. LOWER output of FIC-49-*R600 N/A to approximately 2500 rpm.

19. THROTTLE OPEN HV-49-*F022, N/A TEST ISOL.

20. Slowly RAISE output of FIC "OPEN" detent pushbutton on

R600 to approximately 600 gpm FIC-49-1 R600 depressed AND MATCH setpoint to actual until indicated flow is 600 gpm flow, THEN PLACE FIC AND FIC placed in "AUTO".

R600 in "AUTO".

21. ADJUST HV-49-*F022, "RCIC RCIC pump discharge

Full Flow Test" (TEST ISOL), as pressure is at least 70.3 psig necessary to maintain pump over reactor pressure and discharge pressure at least 70.3 pump flow rate of 600 gpm psig over reactor pressure AND pump flow rate of 600 gpm CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.:7 Exelon Generation JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SED D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Operate RCIC Full Flow Test CST TO CST JPM Number: LOJPM3093 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2170040104 Align RCIC System to support a Full Flow Test per S49.1.D KIA Number and Importance: 217000 A2.12 3.4/3.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:O Yes IZI No SRO Only: D Yes 1Z1 No Time Critical: D Yes IZI No Reference(s): S49.1.D, RCIC System Full Flow Functional Test and Turbine Oil Priming, Rev 42.

Actual Testing Environment: IZI Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: IZI Simulate D Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes 0No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM3093 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~ ExelonGeneration, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. RCIC will be run for a 30 minute Post Maintenance Test (PMT) following maintenance on the Turbine Oil system.

2. All prerequisites for S49.1.D have been completed.

3. RCIC System available for auto initiation per S49.1.A, Normal RCIC Line-up for Automatic Operation.

4. Vibration Monitor System for RCIC is in operation.

5. RHR Suppression Pool Cooling is in service to support RCIC run.

6. The PRO is monitoring Suppression Pool temperature per ST-6-060-390-1, Suppression Pool Temperature Check.

7. HP has been informed of changing radiological conditions due to the RCIC run.

INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision directs you to place Unit 1 RCIC in CST to CST full flow test, using Section 4.3, Manual Slow Start using FIC-49-1 R600, of S49.1.D, RCIC System Full Flow Functional Test And Turbine Oil Priming.

Page 10 of 10

I,.: Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORM A GROUP Ill NSSSS ISOLATION RESET JPM NUMBER: LOJPM3037 REVISION NUMBER: 001 DATE:

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLOJPM3037Rev001_ SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::"Exelon Generation.

I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure GP-8 U/1 Rev: 16 __

Procedure GP-8.1 U/1 Rev: 16 Procedure GP-8.3 U/1 Rev: . . . :1_,_1__

Procedure Rev: - - -

~---------

Procedure Rev: - - -

~---------

1O. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLOJPM3037ReV001_ SAAS: 30.105 Page 2 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,,.:-:'Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0037 Rev. 4. The purpose of this revision 10/8/13 000 is to reformat with the new JPM template and to ensure agreement with latest procedure revision.

001 Minor editorial and typo fixes and to ensure agreement with latest 10/27/14 procedure revision.:."

LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLOJ.PM3037RoV001 SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[ ..::;:'Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset simulator to any IC with all RWCU isolation signals clear

2. Insert Malt MNS158A, MNS158B, RWCU INBD AND OUTBD ISOLATION SIGNALS

3. Clear Malf MNS158A, MNS1588

4. Verify PMS displays indicate Group Ill isolation command= YES V. TASK STANDARD STATEMENT:

S32 A and D pushbuttons depressed with all Blue and Green reset switches in CLOSE and PMS indicates Group Ill isolation command= NO.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Reactor Water Cleanup was isolated due to a spurious RWCU differential flow signal.

2. The instrument problem has been corrected.

VII. INITIATING CUE STATEMENT (Describe the task clearly):

The CRS has directed you to reset the Unit 1 Group Ill isolation.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLOJPM3037 Rev001_ SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[,.;:;::r Exelon Generation.

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- <I: Wm

<I: en :E :::!:

en z :::!: ::J

J Oz 0

1. Obtain current revision of GP-8, Current revision of GP-8, 8.1, 8.1, and 8.3. and 8 .3 obtained.

2. Using GP-8, 8.1, and/or 8.3, Determine R1 reset is determine all isolation signals are required (Signal J) and clear and an R1 reset is required isolation signals are clear Examiner Note: The sequence of placing Blue and Green switches to CLOSE is not critical.

3. PLACE HV-41-1 F084, ORAi N HV-41-1 F084 switch in SAMPLE INBOARD to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

4. PLACE HV-51-1 F040, HV-51-1 F040 switch in OUTBOARD to "CLOSE" CLOSE position.

5. PLACE HV-51-1 F079A, HV-51-1 F079A switch in SAMPLE INBOARD to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

6. PLACE HV-51-1 F079B, HV-51-1 F079B switch in SAMPLE INBOARD to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

7. PLACE SV-57-133, ISOLA to SV-57-133 switch in CLOSE "CLOSE". position.

8. PLACE SV-57-183, 191 ISOLA SV-57-183, 191 switch in to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

9. PLACE SV-57-132, 134, 150, SV-57-132, 134, 150 switch in ISOL B to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

10. PLACE SV-57-181, ISOL B to SV-57-181 switch in CLOSE "CLOSE". position.

11. PLACE HV-41-1 F085, DRAIN HV 1 F085 switch in SAMPLE OUTBOARD to CLOSE position.

"CLOSE".

12. PLACE HV-51-1 F080A, HV-51-1 F080A switch in SAMPLE OUTBOARD to CLOSE position.

"CLOSE".

LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLOJPM3037Rev001_ SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

,....:.,:"' Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- er:: Wm er:: en :E :E en z :E :::>

> Oz 0

13. PLACE HV-51-1 F080B, HV-51-1 F080B switch in SAMPLE OUTBOARD to CLOSE position.

"CLOSE".

14. PLACE HS-57-187, SUPP POOL HS-57-187 switch in CLOSE ISOL to "CLOSE". position.

15. PLACE HS-57-153 DRYWELL HS-57-153 switch in CLOSE ISOL to "CLOSE". position.

16. PLACE HV-43-1F019, INBOARD HV-43-1 F019 switch in to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

17. PLACE HV-43-1 F020, HV-43-1 F020 switch in OUTBOARD to "CLOSE". CLOSE position.

18. PRESS 821-S32A AND 821- 821-S32A and 821-S32D S32D. pushbuttons depressed.

19. Verify Group Ill isolation reset Group Ill isolation signal not per PMS. present on PMS screen "Containment lsol Valve Status".

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLO..l.PM3037Rov001 SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1..:::7ExelonGeneration, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Perform a Group Ill NSSSS ISOLATION RESET JPM Number: LOJPM3037 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2040080401, Place RWCU System Back in Service Following a Group Ill Isolation KIA Number and Importance: 223002 A4.03 3.6/3.5 Level of Difficulty (1-5) 3 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:O Yes [8J No SRO Only: 0 Yes [8J No Time Critical: 0 Yes [8J No Reference(s): GP-8 U/1 Rev. 16 GP-8.1 U/1 Rev. 16 GP-8.3 U/1 Rev. 11 Actual Testing Environment: [8J Simulator 0 Control Room 0 In-Plant 0 Other Testing Method: 0 Simulate [8J Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? 0 Yes 0 No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: 0 Satisfactory 0 Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: Date: _ _ _ _ __

LOJPM3037 Rev001.docLQJPM3037Re~t.001_ SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

- *

Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Reactor Water Cleanup was isolated due to a spurious RWCU differential flow signal.

2. The instrument problem has been corrected.

INITIATING CUE STATEMENT:

The CRS has directed you to reset the Unit 1 Group Ill isolation.

Page 8 of 8

I*==' Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SUPPLYING POWER TO A 480 VAC NON-SAFEGUARD LOAD CENTER FROM ITS ALTERNATE SOURCE JPM Number: LOJPM3525 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j ,.;e:' Exelon Generation<

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 893.7.A Rev: 35 Procedure Rev: - - -

Procedure---------- Rev: _ __

Procedure Rev:

Procedure

Rev:

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[ ~Exelon Generation, II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0525 Rev. 3. Revised to new template and 9/17/13 000 to align with latest procedure revision. Changed cue so Operators must determine control power source (step 4.7).

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1,.£7Exelon Generation.

IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Reset simulator to any IC with 480 VAC Non-Safeguard power normally aligned.

2. Insert an override on Ammeter to 54 amps for 124B 480 VAC Load Center Transformer on Trigger 1 with a 3 second time delay as follows:

-~**************************111111~1.,

Show Malfunctions

11 Show Remotes

O _ _ Hlde_2ven:_,_'ldes_*_1_ Show Annu11t;.iato1S* o _ _ _ _ _ _.~ll~;~~:~~llR:{~~,;'*'~,,- _____ -__ ..ale129 Ta ID Des , ion Actual Vak.re OV11nide Vall.I$ R time Actime O<>ctime T(

A/10210 Load Center 1248 Feeder Ammeter Indication 54 00:00:03 00:00:00 00:00: 00 1 r Timer Pause Delett: All I

3. Create Trigger 1 from green indicating light on breaker 52-10322 (114B Breaker Green Lamp ON) as follows:

11 3 lzEDB322G 3 I== (equal to) 3 Ir rue Trigger Variable Name Operator Value Ir****-.. . . . . . . . . . . . . ,I

~

Accept I : ......... ~~~.~i" .J: ....

V. TASK STANDARD:

114B Load Center loads transferred to 124B Load Center through Tie Breaker and then restored to 114B Load Center.

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I~ Exelon Generation.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Shift Manager's Permission has been given to close 480 VAC Tie breaker.

2. Maintenance has been scheduled for the 1148 Reactor Area Load Center Transformer.

3. Load on the 1148 and 1248 Load Centers has been minimized by placing alternate trains of components in service.

4. Loads have been minimized and/or de-energized to the lowest extent practical.

5. SSVN has determined that step 4.5 will NOT be performed.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision has directed you to supply the 1148 Non-Safeguard Load Center from it's alternate source (1248 Load Center) beginning with step 4.6 of S93.7.A.

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..,::"'Exelon Generation Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::-' Exelon Generation, VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

I- Zw

<C Wm ELEMENT STANDARD ~

en en z ::E ::E

E ::::>

> Oz 0

1. IF de-energizing transformers Recognizes 114B supplying Load Centers, Transformer to be de-energized.

THEN ENSURE control power for the affected load center(s) is aligned to the bus that will remain energized. Otherwise CONTINUE to step 4. 7.

CUE: If requested, 114B Load Center Transformer will be de-energized.

2. CIRCLE the desired source AND 124B is circled.

MARK those not aligned N/A EO is directed to select NON-CUE: If directed to select NON- PREFERRED Source (124B).

PREFERRED source, report: "Control Power for the 114B-124B Load Center has been selected to NON-PREFERRED."

3. PLACE Tie Breaker control Breaker Control Switch 52-switch in "CLOSE" AND HOLD 10342/CS taken to "CLOSE" OR DEPRESS Tie Breaker AND held in "CLOSE" for "CLOSE" pushbutton at load 114B 480 Volt Load Center.

center for TSC load centers 144D/244D only) AND PERFORM the following:

3a. PLACE appropriate Bus Breaker Bus Breaker 52-10322/CS control switch to "OPEN". placed in "OPEN".

3b. WHEN Tie breaker indicates Bus Breaker 52-10342/CS closed, AND Main Breaker released.

indicates tripped, THEN RELEASE Tie Breaker control switch.

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- ZW ELEMENT STANDARD I- c( Wm c( en :E :E en z :E ::::>

> Oz 0

EVALUATOR NOTE: Alternate path starts here. Ammeter A10210for1248 Load Center Amrneter lndicatic:m to 54 Amps should actuate on Trigger1 (1148 Breaker open).

4. OBSERVE ammeter associated Ammeter for 1248 is with Load Center Bus which is observed.

now feeding intertied buses.

5. IF 13 KV load exceeds specified Operator determines 54 amps amperage values, THEN in excess of 50 amp load limit PERFORM the following: from attachment 2.

EVALUATOR NOTE: REMOVE 1248 LOAD CENTER AMMETER OVERRIDE

Sa. CLOSE opened Bus Breaker. Bus Breaker 52-10322/CS placed in "CLOSE".

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I$Exelon Generation.

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----""

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Supplying Power to a 480 VAC Non-Safeguard Load Center from it's Alternate Source JPM Number: LOJPM3525 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

TP0-2623030401, Supply Power to 480 VAC Non-Safeguard Load Centers from Alternate Source KIA Number and Importance: 262001 A4.05 3.3/3.3 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:l:8] Yes D No SRO Only: D Yes 1:8] No Time Critical: D Yes 1:8] No Reference(s): S93.7.A Rev. 35 Actual Testing Environment: 1:8] Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate 1:8] Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: Date:

LOJPM3525 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

- *

Exelon Generation>

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Shift Manager's Permission has been given to close 480 VAC Tie breaker.

2. Maintenance has been scheduled for the 1148 Reactor Area Load Center Transformer.

3. Load on the 1148 and 1248 Load Centers has been minimized by placing alternate trains of components in service.

4. Loads have been minimized and/or de-energized to the lowest extent practical.

5. SSVN has determined that step 4.5 will NOT be performed.

INITIATING CUE STATEMENT:

Shift Supervision has directed you to supply the 1148 Non-Safeguard Load Center from it's alternate source (1248 Load Center) beginning with step 4.6 of S93.7.A.

Page 10 of 10

I:-=-' Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PLACING ALTERNATE RECW PUMP IN SERVICE JPM Number: LOJPM3129 REVISION NUMBER: 001 DATE: - - - - -

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

[,,:;;;;r Exelon Generation Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure S13.6.A Rev:

Procedure_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: - - -

Rev: - - -

Procedure-----------

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 3D.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,£"' Exelon Generation II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0129 Rev. 6. Revised to new template and 11/13/13 000 to align with latest procedure revision. Made final JPM step for securina '1 B' RECW Pumo critical.

LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1-~ Exelon Generation IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS:

1. This JPM can be run in any Simulator IC.

2. INSERT the following malfunctions on Trigger #1 when '1A' RECW pump is secured.

3. DELETE Pl-13-108 Override when '1A' RECW pump is RESTARTED (instructor station P&ID can be used to determine pump status)

V. TASK STANDARD:

'8' RECW Pump shutdown and 'A' RECW Pump restarted.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The "1 A" RECW Pump is in "service, the "18" RECW Pump is in "AUTO"

2. The "1 A" RECW Pump is to be removed from service to support scheduled maintenance to repack the pump

3. "18" RECW pump is ready for start with the following conditions:

13-1001 8 "RECW Pump Suction" and 13-10058 "RECW Pump Discharge" are open

Pump has been successfully vented, and 13-10038 "RECW Pump Vent" is closed

Pump oil level is in the green band

The EO is standing by to support swapping RECW Pumps VII. INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision directs you to start the "18" RECW pump and the remove the "1A" RECW pump from service per S13.6.A, "Placing Alternate RECW Pump in Service".

LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I, FExelon Generation Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,£!."'Exelon Generation VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I- <( Wm

<( (/)

z := :=

(/)

> := :::>

Oz 0

1. OBTAIN current revision of S13.6.A, Placing N/A Alternate RECW Pump in Service.

2. VERIFY all prerequisites satisfied. N/A Provided in Initiating Cue

3. VERIFY procedure being performed on Verify on Unit 1 correct unit.

4. VERIFY standby 13-10018, "RECW Pump N/A Suction Valve," open.

Provided in Initiating Cue

5. VERIFY standby 13-10058, "RECW Pump N/A Discharge Valve," open.

Provided in Initiating Cue 6a. OPEN standby 13-10038, "RECW Pump N/A Vent," until a steady stream is observed.

Provided in Initiating Cue 6b. WHEN a steady, solid stream of water N/A flows, THEN CLOSE vent.

Provided in Initiating Cue

7. ENSURE standby 18P210, "Rx Encl Pump" N/A (PUMP) oil level is in green band.

Provided in Initiating Cue

8. START standby 18P210, "Rx Encl Pump" HS-13-1038 ("18" (PUMP) RECW pump

Handswitch) is taken to AND PERFORM the following:

START LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 3D.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

-~

~"

Exelon Generation I- a:

I- Zw ELEMENT STANDARD I-

<(

CJ)

Wm

E :E CJ) z :E :>

> Oz 0

Ba. VERIFY Pl-13-1068, "RECW Pump Disch," "1 B" RECW pump is 160 to 180 psig. discharge pressure verified, CUE: The EO reports that "1 B" RECW pump discharge pressure is 175 psig.

8b. VERIFY no excessive vibration OR noise at "1 B" RECW pump is pump/motor. verified to not have excessive vibration or noise.

CUE: The EO reports that no excessive vibration or noise is noted for "1 B" RECW pump.

9. STOP desired 1AP210, "RECW Pump" HS-13-103A ("1 A" (Pump). RECW pump

Handswitch) is taken to "STOP" NOTE TO EVALUATOR AND DRIVER: The next step begins the alternate path.

10. RESPOND to "REAC ENCL COOLING Alarm reported to CRS WATER HTX OUT LO PRESS" alarm 11 . REFERENCE ARC-MGR 118 H -3 "REAC ARC for 118 H-3 ENCL COOLING WATER HTX OUT LO "REAC ENCL PRESS" COOLING WATER HTX OUT LO PRESS referenced LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

-,,,,....,,, Exelon Generation

~

I- a:

I- Zw I- <{ Wal ELEMENT STANDARD <{ en :ii: :ii:

en z :ii: ::J

J Oz 0

12. VERIFY low RECW Supply pressure using RECW low supply Pl-13-108 at 1OC655 pressure (80 psig) verified at Pl-13-108 at 10C655 IF EO at RECW pump is contacted:

CUE: "'1 B' RECW Pump discharge pressure has dropped to 80 psig, and the pump is making excessive noise."

IF CRS is contacted:

CUE: The CRS directs you to take the required action to restore RECW and place any degraded equipment in a safe condition.

NOTE TO EVALUATOR AND DRIVER:

When"1 A" RECW pump is restarted, the Pl-13-108 "RECW Supply Pressure" indication override is removed.

13. START 1AP210, "RECW Pump" (PUMP) HS-13-103A ("1 A" RECW pump

Handswitch) is taken to START

14. STOP 1BP210, "RECW Pump" (PUMP) HS-13-1038 ("1 B" RECW pump

Handswitch) is taken to "STOP"

15. VERIFY "RECW Pump Disch," is 160 to RECW Pump Disch," is 180 psig. and 118 H -3, REAC ENCL 175 psig. and 118 H -3, COOLING WATER HTX OUT LO PRESS is REAC ENCL clear.

clear.

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 3D.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,::.--;::' Exelon Generation JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SED D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Placing Alternate RECW Pump in Service JPM Number: LOJPM3129 Revision Number: 001 Task Number and

Title:

TP0-2080030101, Place Alternate RECW Pump in Service KIA Number and Importance: 400000 A2.01 3.3/3.4 Level of Difficulty (1-5) -1_

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:IZ! Yes D No SRO Only: D Yes 1Z! No Time Critical: D Yes 1Z! No Reference(s): S13.6.A, Placing Alternate RECW Pump in Service, Rev. 9 Actual Testing Environment: IZ! Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate IZ! Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: - - - - - -

LOJPM3129 Rev0011 SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

-W

,._,,, Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The "1A" RECW Pump is in "service, the "18" RECW Pump is in "AUTO".

2. The "1 A" RECW Pump is to be removed from service to support scheduled maintenance to repack the pump.

3. "18" RECW pump is ready for start with the following conditions:

13-10018 "RECW Pump Suction" and 13-10058 "RECW Pump Discharge" are open

Pump has been successfully vented, and 13-10038 "RECW Pump Vent" is closed

Pump oil level is in the green band

The EO is standing by to support swapping RECW Pumps INITIATING CUE STATEMENT:

Shift Supervision directs you to start the "1 B" RECW pump and the remove the "1 A" RECW pump from service per S13.6.A, "Placing Alternate RECW Pump in Service".

Page 10 of 10

1..::::7 Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MANUALLY ISOLATE THE REACTOR ENCLOSURE JPM Number: LOJPM3090 REVISION NUMBER: 001 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 1 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

j - Exelon Generation.

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 876.8.B Rev: - - -

Procedure 876.9.A Rev: - - -

Procedure 876.8.C Rev:

.=..;...~.;..-... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _

Procedure GP-8.2 Rev: - - -

-="'--==--------------- Rev: _ __

Procedure--------------------

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate.

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..::-'Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence.

B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision.

C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223.

Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This is a new JPM. 9/15/14 001 Added rad levels rising in Secondary Containment to initial conditions, 11/10/14 LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

\.::7Exelon Generation IV. SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset simulator to IC 17.

a. Trip Reactor HVAC Supply, Exhaust and REECE Fans on OCOEE station 1OC205 and 1OC206 panels.

b. Override Annunciator 004 VENT C-2, A Reac Encl Recirc Sys I Filter P XMTR Trouble) to ON following a 1 minute time delay off of Trigger #1.

c. Override HS-76-193A ('1A' RERS Fan handswitch) to "FAIL ALL OFF" to simulate trip of the "1A" RERS Fan following a 1 minute time delay off of Trigger #1.

d. Build Trigger #1 off of HS-76-178B ('B' Reactor Enclosure Isolation pushbutton)

ISOLATION initiated.

e. Override HS-76-193B, "1 B" RERS Fan, indicating lights to "FAIL-AS-IS".

f. Override PDl-76-189B, "1 B" RERS Filter DP, to "FAIL-AS-IS".

g. Place Simulator in RUN and allow overrides for HS-76-193B and PDl-76-189B to go active.

h. Re-open the override for the "1 B" RERS Fan indicating lights and add a de-activate on a 1 second time delay from trigger #2.

i. Re-open the override for the "1 B" RERS Filter DP and add a de-activate on a 1 second time delay from trigger #2.

j. Build trigger #2 from HS-76-193B, "1B" RERS Fan handswitch placed in RUN.

OR

2. Reset to JPM pre-built IC __ and, Take simulator to RUN and then load sen file for LOJPM 3090 Override Summaiy*

Ta ID Description HS7S-193A 1A R....tor Enclosure RecoCIAl4iion Fan Control Switch iis7S-1 slll 1A R....tor Enclosure Recicllation Fan Control Switch HS7S-193A 1A ROa<:ior E~ R~ F<<; Control Switch HS7S-19lA ... 1A Re0ctor E~ure ReciC~ F"" Control Switch HS7S-193B . 18 AOa<:ior Enclosure Rea~ Fan Ind Lan,). OO:OO:re HS7S-193fi : 18 Re<<>tor.Enclooure Rliciri:ul¥ion Fan ln.d L*"]l&... *00:oo:re PDl7S-1898 REAS Filter 18 Differenti..r P-urelndication oo:oo:re HS7S-193B HD76*183B. 18 R.ERS Fan Filt* Inlet V$ve Ind laA]l& *00:00:00 HS7S-193B HDis*193B. lB REAS FanF~erOutle!VaM>lnd L'"11p< * :oo:OO.oo HS7S-193B HD7S-183B. 18 REAS F<<;filtor lnletVdvelndlaO]l& '00:00:05 HS7S-193B HD7S-19l3.1B REAS F-.; Filter Out~ValvelndL OO;OO:re r Timerl'lluse D~ime Tri LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.,;:"'Exelon Generation..

~ Event Trigger Builder I Viewer ~

Eavorites Irlogers Tri er f:I: Tri er Text Operators:

1 ZPCS1788(1) Arithmetic:

2 ZDIB1(4186)

Multiplication 3 I Division 4 + Addition 5 - Subtraction 6

Relational:

7

> G realer th<!ln 8

>* Greater than 9 or equal 10 < Less th<!ln 11 <* Less than or 12 equal 13 ** Equal to 14 I* Not equal to 15 Logical:

16

&& And II Or

! Not Other:

Open Paren Close Paren Irigger Now I J;;le<!lr C)ear AU 8ccepl Ejjit V. TASK STANDARD:

Manual Reactor Enclosure isolation completed and '1 B' RERS Fan manually started.

VI. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 Reactor HVAC has tripped and cannot be restarted.

2. Secondary Containment radiation levels are slowly rising.

3. SGTS and RERS are aligned for automatic operation.

VII. INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision has directed you to manually initiate a Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Isolation from the MCR using the manual isolation pushbuttons per S76.8.B section 4.0.

LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,.Z' Exelon Generation, Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examines had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I:"Exelon Generation.

VIII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I-

<(

en Wm

E :E en z :E ::>

> Oz 0

1. Candidate obtains copy of S76.8.B, Initiation of Reactor Enclosure or N/A Refueling Floor Secondary Containment.

CUE: Provide a copy of S76.8.B.

2. Verify prerequisite, RERS and SGTS lined up for automatic N/A initiation.

CUE: RERS and SGTS are lined up for automatic initiation.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Steps 3, 4, 5 may be performed independently (following performance of step #7) as directed per S78.8.B, Initiation of RE or RF Secondary Containment.

3. When RERS or SGTS is placed in N/A operation RECORD start times on Control Room logs.

CUE: The 3rd RO will log run times.

4. Monitor room temperatures on Aux Direct Equipment Operator to Equip Room Steam Leak Detection monitor room temperatures per S76.0.C, Tracking of Room per S76.0.C Temps while Reactor HVAC is secured.

CUE: Steam Leak Detection room temperatures in Aux Equip Room will be monitored by an EO.

LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 7 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~

~ Exelon Generation, t- cc t- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD t- < Wm en en z :::E :::E

> :::E :::>

Oz 0

5. IF during performance of S76.8.8, Operator ENSURES HS both sets of SGTS Filter Isolation 013A (8) in OPEN and Valves HV-76-011A(8) and HV 012A(8) are found open go to step

PLACES HS-76-013A(8) from OPEN to AUTO" and 4.10.1

VERIFIES SGTS isolation filter valves HV-76-011A(8)

CUE: If requested, restore to single and HV-76-012A(8) are filter train operation, either train is closed acceptable.

6. Shutdown Reactor Enclosure HVAC per S76.2.8, Shutdown of Reactor N/A Enclosure HVAC CUE: If requested, RE HVAC shutdown per Initiating Conditions.

7. Place HS-76-*78A, HVAC Isolation HS-76-178A, HVAC Isolation

"A" to ISOLATION and "A" Collars armed placed in ISOLATION, with pushbutton

DEPRESS and depressed and released at

RELEASE pushbutton at 10C681

OC681

8. Place HS-76-*788, HVAC Isolation HS-76-1788, HVAC Isolation

"8" to ISOLATION and "8" Collars armed placed in ISOLATION, with pushbutton

DEPRESS and depressed and released at

RELEASE pushbutton at 10C681

OC681 LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration, I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C Wm

<C en en z == ==

> == :::>

Oz 0

EVALUATOR NOTE:

The '1A' REAS Fan will trip one (1) minute following the initiation of the isolation, and 004 VENT C-2, A Reac Encl Recirc Sys I Filter DP XMTR Trouble, will alarm.

The '1 B' REAS Fan will fail to auto start. Since this will occur shortly after the isolation, it is unlikely the candidate will have time to complete the next 3 steps (9-11) and may marked N/A.

9. VERIFY response of Reactor Verification of RE Secondary Enclosure Isolation per S76.9.A, Containment Isolation per AND GP-8, Primary and Secondary S76.9.A, Verification of Containment Isolation Verification Reactor Enclosure or and Reset. Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Isolation AND GP-8, Primary and Secondary Containment CUE: Provide a copy of S76.9.A. Isolation Verification and Reset performed.

EVALUATOR NOTE: The following steps 10 and 11 are from 576.9.A.

10. VERIFY Channel A AND B 004 VENT E-1 AND F-1 Reactor Enclosure Secondary alarms verified Containment Isolation signals are initiated by assuring following annunciators have alarmed:

A REAC ENCL ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED B REAC ENCL ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED

11. VERIFY Channel A AND B 004 VENT E-2 AND F-2 Reactor Enclosure HVAC isolation alarms verified clear valves repositioned by assuring following annunciators have not alarmed:

A REAC ENCL ISOLATION NOT COMPLETE B REAC ENCL ISOLATION NOT COMPLETE LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

.-WW'

~ Exelon Generation,

ELEMENT STANDARD EVALUATORS NOTE: Alternate path begins here.

Annunciator 004 VENT C-2, A Reac Encl Recirc Sys I Filter P XMTR Trouble will alarm and the "A" RERS Fan will trip.

The 11 8 11 RERS Fan will fail to auto start on the low flow signal, and be required to be manually started.

12. Respond to Annunciator 004 VENT Operator acknowledges 004 C-2, A Reac Encl Recirc Sys I Filter VENT C-2, A Reac Encl DP XMTR Trouble and recognize Recirc Sys I Filter P XMTR the "A" RERS Fan has tripped. Trouble and recognizes the "A" RERS Fan has tripped and reports these conditions to CRS.

13. "18" RERS Fan fails to Auto start. Operator identifies failure of the 11 8 11 RERS Fan to Auto start following time delay on low flow.

14. Place HS-76-1938, to RUN, and Operator places HS-76-1938,

verify isolation dampers OPEN and to RUN, and verifies isolation start of 11 8 11 RERS Fan. dampers OPEN and start of "8" RERS Fan.

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 10 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I:"' Exelon Generation JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--""

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Manually Isolate the Reactor Enclosure JPM Number: LOJPM3090 Revision Number: 001 Task Number and

Title:

2880020401 Manually Initiate Reactor Enclosure or Refueling Floor Isolation KIA Number and Importance: 223002 A4.02 3.9/3.8 288000 A3.01 3.8/3.8 Level of Difficulty (1-5) ~

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:~ Yes D No SRO Only: D Yes ~ No Time Critical: D Yes ~ No Reference(s): S76.8.B, Initiation of RE or RF Secondary Containment Isolation, Rev 31.

S76.9.A, Verification of RE or RF Secondary Containment Isolation, Rev 21.

S76.8.C, Swapping of SGTS and RERS Fans with Secondary Containment Isolation Initiated Rev 7 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room D In-Plant D Other Testing Method: D Simulate ~ Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual*Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM3090 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 11 of 12 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ ExelonGeneration.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 Reactor HVAC has tripped and cannot be restarted.

2. Secondary Containment radiation levels are slowly rising.

3. SGTS and RERS are aligned for automatic operation.

INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision has directed you to manually initiate a Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Isolation from the MCR using the manual isolation pushbuttons per S76.8.B section 4.0.

Page 12 of 12

1.$ Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MAXIMIZE CAD FLOW AFTER SHUTDOWN DURING EMERGENCY CONDITIONS JPM Number: LOJPM2269 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I,: Exelon Generation, Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure T-240 U/1 Rev: - - -

Procedure ....:..T-=-2=-4:..:0'--'U=/=2_ _ _ _ _ __ Rev: - - -

Procedure---------- Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: - - -

Procedure

Rev:

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 2 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

IS f Exelon Generation.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM replaces NRG JPM Designation 1 Rev. 2. Revised to new 10/20/14 template and to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 3 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1 r ExelonGeneration IV. TASK STANDARD:

Using T-240, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions, maximize CRD flow, open the CRD pump suction filter bypass, and start the standby CRD pump.

V. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Both Unit 1 and Unit 2 are SHUTDOWN.

2. RPV water level on Unit __ is -100", down slow.

3. TRIP procedures direct RPV level restoration using T-240.

4. CRD system is in operation.

5. It has been determined that T-240, step 4.8 is not required to be performed at this time.

6. S46.7.A, Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System Operation Following Reactor Scram, has NOT been performed.

VI. INITIATING CUE:

Take actions necessary to restore RPV level per T-240, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions on Unit __ .

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

\.ii:7 Exelon Generation VII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

ELEMENT STANDARD NOTE:

!f this JPM is the first of multiple T-200 series JPMs being performed by a single candidate THEN steps #1 and #2 apply.

OTHERWISE mark steps #1 and #2 as N/A AND provide the following to the candidate :

a. INITIATING CUE(S)

b. CUE: "You are now in possession of the T-240 Unit_ equipment container.

It contains all tools and equipment required by the procedure. You are to simulate their use during performance of the procedure."

c. PROCEDURE COPY

1. Obtain current revision of T-240 on Candidate describes/obtains Unit __ where they get equipment necessary to perform T-240 on Unit __

CUE: Once applicant demonstrates ability to obtain current revision of Unit __ T-240, provide him/her a copy

2. IF step 4.8 to be performed, Candidate verifies that step THEN the following tools I 4.8 is not required to be equipment obtained from Unit

T- performed at this time by 200 "Hose Storage Cabinet", referring to initiating cue.

(506/580-R16/17-283)

(ATTACHMENT 3) BL-840 key required:

%"Drive Socket Wrench

(1) 1 5/8" x %"Drive Socket

14" Pipe wrench

12" Adjustable Wrench

(1) Flashlight LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 5 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~*

__... Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- Zw en w

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <t al

> Oz 0

3. IF S46.7.A, Control Rod Drive Candidate verifies that step Hydraulic System Operation S46.7.A has NOT been Following Reactor Scram, has been performed by referring to performed, Initiating Cue and N/A the THEN ENSURE the following valves step.

are open:

46-*F060, "CRD Water Pressure Control Station Inlet Valve"

46-*F069, "CRD Stabilizing Valves Return Header Stop Valve"

46-*F034, "CRD Charging Water Header Supply Valve"

4. Fully OPEN HV-46-*F003 "Drive Candidate simulates Water Pressure Control" (DRIVE contacting Reactor Operator WATER PRESSURE), at *OC603 to fully OPEN HV-46-*F003 (MCR) "Drive Water Pressure Control" (DRIVE WATER PRESSURE).

CUE: This is Unit* Control Room, HV-46-*F003 is fully open.

5. OPEN FV-C-46-*F002A(B) at Candidate simulates

OC603 (MCR) using FC-46-*R600 contacting reactor operator to "Rod Drive Flow Controller" (FL), in OPEN FV-C-46-*F002A, "MANUAL" to maximize CRD flow, "Flow control" and verifies >

while maintaining greater than 1200 1200 psig is maintained as psig as indicated on Pl-46-*0BA, indicated on Pl-46-*0BA(B),

"CRD Pump Discharge" (252/270- "CRD Pump Discharge" T6/10-200) (252/270-T6/10-200).

CUE: Unit

Control Room has throttled opened FV-C-46-*F002A(B) and the Pl-46-*0BA(B) is reading 1225 psig.

LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- a:

I- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD I- c( Wm c( en :E :E en z :E :::;)

)

Oz 0

6. OPEN 46-*F045, "CRD Pump Candidate simulates opening

Suction Filter Bypass" 46-*F045, "CRD Pump (252/270-T6/10-200). Suction Filter Bypass" CUE: 46-*F045, "CRD Pump Suction Filter Bypass" is OPEN

7. IF additional CRD flow is required Candidate determines that THEN PLACE second CRD pump in reactor water level trend is still service: lowering and proceeds to Step 4.5.1 CUE: Unit* Reactor Operator reports that reactor water level trend is still down slow CAUTION: (Candidate reads and acknowledges caution)

IF one of two running pumps trip, THEN immediate operator action is needed to reduce flow OR other running pump may be damaged by exceeding runout flow (200 gpm).

8. ENSURE 46-*F014B(A), the on- Candidate simulates coming CRD pump Discharge Stop closing/checking closed Check (252/270-T6/10-200), 46-*F014 for non-running (Attachment 1), is CLOSED pump CUE: 46-*F014B(A) is CLOSED

9. START *B(A) CRD pp with HS Candidate simulates

*08B(A) at *OC603 (MCR) contacting Control Room to START *B(A) CRD pp CUE: Acknowledge request and tell candidate they hear the previously non-running pump come up to speed

10. Slowly OPEN 46-*F014B(A), "CRD Candidate simulates slowly

Pump Discharge Stop Check" opening 46-*F014B(A) for the (252/270-T6/10-200), for the on- on-coming pump coming pump CUE: 46-*F014B(A) is OPEN LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation,

...<t en...<t

... a:

ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD Wm

E ::E en z :E ~

~ Oz 0

NOTE: If required, FV-C-*F002A(B) may be opened using permanently installed manual jack

11. OPEN FV-C-46-*F002A(B), "Flow Candidate simulates

Control" at *OC603 (MCR) using FC- contacting Control Room to 46-*R600 "Rod Drive Flow OPEN FV-C-46-*F002A(B), to Controller" (FL), to maximize CRD maximize CRD flow, while flow, while maintaining > 1200 psig verifying > 1200 psig is as indicated on Pl-46-*0BA(B), "CRD maintained as indicated on Pump Discharge" (252/270-T6/10- Pl-46-*08A(B), "CRD Pump 200). Discharge" (252/270-T6/10-200)

CUE: FV-C-46-*F002A(B), "Flow Control" is throttled open at *OC603.

Unit

Reactor Operator reports RPV water level is rising slowly CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 8 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1..£7Exelon Generation.

JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions JPM Number: LOJPM2269 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2000710501, T-240 Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions (RO) 2000480504, Maximize CRD Flow (EO)

KIA Number and Importance: 295031 EA1 .10 3.6/3.7 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:D Yes 1Z1 No SRO Only: D Yes 1Z1 No Time Critical: D Yes IZI No Reference(s): T-240 U/1, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions Rev. 18.

T-240 U/2, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions Rev. 18.

Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room 1Z1 In-Plant D Other Testing Method: IZI Simulate D Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 30 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's N a m e : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM2269 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 9 of 10 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

jfll/l/llf//tll, Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Both Unit 1 and Unit 2 are SHUTDOWN.

2. RPV water level on Unit __ is -100", down slow.

3. TRIP procedures direct RPV level restoration using T-240.

4. CRD system is in operation.

5. It has been determined that T-240, step 4.8 is not required to be performed at this time.

6. S46.7.A, Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System Operation Following Reactor Scram, has NOT been performed.

INITIATING CUE:

Take actions necessary to restore RPV level per T-240, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions on Unit __ .

Page 10 of 10

[,$Exelon Generation LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INSTALL AIR JUMPER TO PROVIDE LONG TERM ADS OPERATION FROM D*1 D/G AIR COMPRESSOR JPM Number: LOJPM2231 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..zt:'Exelon Generation Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure SE-1-1 Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: _ __

~

Procedure Rev: - - -

~

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate.

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SM E I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 2 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I -="'Exelon Generation, II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILTor LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence.

B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision.

C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223.

Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision 000 This JPM replaces LLOJPM0231 Rev. 0. Revised to new template 10/11/13 and to align with latest procedure revision.

000 Changed to reflect common Task with EOs 10/01/14 LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I..=:::'Exelon Generation.

IV. TASK STANDARD:

Perform SE-1-1, step 2.1.2 to connect an air jumper from 20-*172A, "*A Air Supply to Long Term N2 Instr. Gas Outer lsol Viv" to 59-*137, "*A Long Term N2 Supply to ADS Outside Connection Viv" V. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The MCR has been evacuated due to a fire in the Cable Spreading Room.

2. Unit has been shutdown with control established from the RSP.

3. Long Term operation of A/C/N MSRVs is required due to a loss of Primary Containment Instrument Gas.

4. ADS N2 Gas bottle Supply to PCIG supplied per SE-1-1 has been exhausted.

VI. INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to provide long term compressed gas to the MSRVs utilizing the D_1 Starting Air Compressor per SE-1-1, step 2.1.2.

Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 4 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I:'Exelon Generation VII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time - - - - -

I- a:

~ Zw ELEMENT STANDARD ...., Wm CJ) :::E :::E z :::E ::::>

> 0 z 0

1. Obtain current revision of SE-1-1 N/A CUE: Provide a copy of SE-1-1 EVALUATORS NOTE: Air Jumpers and door stops for Step 2 .1.2 are located in locked safe shutdown cabinets in the DG access corridors.

Attachment 2, Diesel Air Jumper, is drawing for air jumper installation.

Candidate opens safe shutdown cabinet in D/G access corridor and obtains air jumper and door stops.

2. IF diesel generator starting air compressor pressure is required to N/A operate MSRV valves, THEN perform the following:

3. OPEN door #164/168 from Diesel Candidate simulates installing room 311 A/315A to Diesel Corridor door stops for open door 313/317, and SECURE door open. 164/168 CUE: The door is SECURED OPEN

4. CONNECT air jumper from 20- Candidate simulates

*172A "A AIR SUP TO installing air jumper from valve 20-*172A to piping LONG TERM N2 INSTR GAS downstream of 59-*137 OUTER ISOL VLV" to 59-*137, "'A' valve.

Long Term N2 Supply To ADS Outside Connection VL V" (DG corridor)

LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SRRS: 3D.105 Page 5 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

~ Exelon Generation, I- cc Zw

!;c Wm ELEMENT STANDARD I-

<t en en z == ==

== ::l

l Oz 0

s. OPEN the following valves: N/A Sa. Open 20-*171A Candidate simulates opening

valve 20-*171 A CUE: Valve turns go 0 counter -

clockwise until it come to a complete stop.

Sb. Open sg-*137 Candidate simulates opening

valve sg-* 137 CUE: Valve turns go 0 counter -

clockwise until it come to a complete stop.

Sc. Open sg-*138 Candidate simulates opening

valve sg-* 138 CUE: Valve turns go 0 counter -

clockwise until it come to a complete stop.

EVALUATORS NOTE: Valve 20-*172A must be throttled slowly to maintain starting air pressure greater than Tech. Spec. minimum of 225 psig and to prevent icing of pressure control valve

6. Slowly THROTTLE OPEN valve Candidate simulates slowly

20-*172A to maintain starting air opening valve 20-*172A pressure above 22S psi at Pl-020-

28A-1 "START AIR RESERVOIR PRESS" CUE: If asked say that pressure is 23S psig and steady CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 6 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I£-'Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----"'

Job

Title:

D SED D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

Install Air Jumper to provide long term ADS operation from D_1 DIG Air Compressor JPM Number: LOJPM2231 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2000410501, SE-1 Control Room Abandonment (RO) 2000030404, Connect Air Hoses for Long Term Supply to SRVs (EO)

KIA Number and Importance: 218000 A2.03 3.4/3.6 Level of Difficulty (1-5) _L Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:O Yes [gl No SRO Only: D Yes [gl No Time Critical: D Yes [gl No Reference(s): SE-1-1, Rev. 14, Protected Depressurization Control (Long Term Operation)

Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room [gl In-Plant D Other Testing Method: [gl Simulate D Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: _ _ _ __

LOJPM2231 Rev001.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

,...::...

Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The MCR has been evacuated due to a fire in the Cable Spreading Room.

2. Unit has been shutdown with control established from the RSP.

3. Long Term operation of A/C/N MSRVs is required due to a loss of Primary Containment Instrument Gas.

4. ADS N2 Gas bottle Supply to PCIG supplied per SE-1-1 has been exhausted.

INITIATING CUE:

You are directed to provide long term compressed gas to the MSRVs utilizing the D_1 Starting Air Compressor per SE-1-1, step 2.1.2.

Page 8 of 8

I..s:;" Exelon Generation.

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE DRYWELL SPRAY INTERLOCK BYPASS JPM Number: LOJPM2213 REVISION NUMBER: 000 DATE: _ __

Developed By:

Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Reviewed By:

Operations Representative Date Reviewed By:

EP Representative Date Approved By:

Training Department Date LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 1 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1 r Exelon Generation~

Note: This LGS format satisfies the TQ-JA-150 Format I. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 9 through 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

2. Knowledge and Abilities (KIA) references are included.

3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

5. Initiating cues (and terminating cues if required) are properly identified.

6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk

(*).

8. If an alternate path is used, the task standard contains criteria for successful completion.

9. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure T-225 Unit 1 Rev:

Procedure T-225 Unit 2 Rev: - - -

Procedure ~~~~~~~~~~

Rev: - - -

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

Procedure Rev: - - -

~--------~

10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

11. Verify performance time is accurate

12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page.

Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date SME I Instructor Date LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 2 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

1..: ExelonGeneration.

II. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILTor LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change ILT/LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date Ill. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (i.e. for conversion to LLOJPM format).

D. For Revision 000, put reason for writing this JPM and for all subsequent revisions, annotate the changes that were made or incorporated.

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision This JPM replaces LLOJPM0213 Rev. 9. Revised to new template and 9/17/14 000 to align with latest procedure revision.

LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 3 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

IG Exelon Generation IV. TASK STANDARD:

Drywall spray interlock for Unit __ , A Loop RHR is bypassed using T-225 V. INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit _ _ has scrammed due to a leak in the Drywall.

2. Conditions requiring Drywall Spray have been met.

3. T-225 has been completed up to and including step 4.5.9.3, however the LOOP A INJECTION white indicating light is NOT lit.

VI. INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision directs you to initiate LOCA signal for A Loop by performing step 4.5.9.4 of T-225 on Unit Information for Evaluator's Use:

Any UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the "Comment Number" column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the "Comments" section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the site's appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The JPM Start Time clock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 4 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I$ Exelon Generation.

VII. PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST:

JPM Start Time _ _ _ __

I- a:

I- ZW

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <C Wm

> Oz 0

NOTE:

!E this JPM is the first of multiple T-200 series JPMs being performed by a single candidate THEN steps #1 and #2 apply.

OTHERWISE mark steps #1 and #2 as NIA AND provide the following to the candidate :

a. INITIATING CUE(S)

b. CUE: "You are now in possession of the T-225 equipment container. It contains all tools and equipment required by the procedure. You are to simulate their use during performance of the procedure."

c. PROCEDURE COPY

1. Obtain current revision of T-225. Current revision of proper

units T-225 obtained.

CUE: When trainee demonstrates ability to obtain current revision of procedure, give him/her copy of T-225.

2. Obtain the following equipment from Operator obtains:

Unit* T-200 cabinet in OSC.

slotted screwdriver

Slotted screwdriver

screwholding

screwholding screwdriver screwdriver

4 electrical jumpers

electrical jumpers

flashlight

Flashlight

LV-*00 Key

LV-*00 Key CUE: You have obtained the equipment LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.105 Page 5 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

" " Exelon Generation, I- cc I- Zw

ELEMENT STANDARD I- <

en Wl:D en z :i :i

> :i :::>

Oz 0

3. Jumper from FFF5-7 to FFF5-6 at Jumper installed from FFF5-7

*OC617, Bay A (Aux Equip Room) to FFF5-6 in *OC617, Bay A.

CUE: Jumper installed.

4. Jumper from FFF9-2 to FFF9-1 at Jumper installed from FFF9-2

OC617, Bay B (Aux Equip Room) to FFF9-1 in *OC617, Bay B.

CUE: Jumper installed.

CUE: You have met the termination criteria for this JPM JPM Completion Time _ _ _ __

LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 6 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

I :'!:'Exelon Generation, JPM

SUMMARY

Operator's Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Job

Title:

D SEO D SM D SRO D RO D STA/IA D EO D OTHER JPM

Title:

DRYWELL SPRAY INTERLOCK BYPASS JPM Number: LOJPM2213 Revision Number: 000 Task Number and

Title:

2000600501 (T-225) Bypass Containment Spray Interlock (RO) 2000370504 Support Operation of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray (EO)

KIA Number and Importance: 226001 A2.15 3.6/3.8 Level of Difficulty (1-5) ~

Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:D Yes IZI No SRO Only: D Yes IZI No Time Critical: D Yes IZI No Reference(s): T-225, Startup And Shutdown Of Suppression Pool And Drywall Spray Operation, Unit 1 Rev 22 T-225, Startup And Shutdown Of Suppression Pool And Drywall Spray Operation, Unit 2 Rev 22 Actual Testing Environment: D Simulator D Control Room IZI In-Plant D Other Testing Method: 1Z1 Simulate D Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 30 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? D Yes D No The operator's performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: D Satisfactory D Unsatisfactory Evaluator's Name: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print)

Evaluator's Signature: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date: ------

LOJPM2213 RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.105 Page 7 of 8 (When used for operator initial or continuing training)

,,.._., Exelon Generation, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INDIVIDUAL BRIEFING SHEET INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit _ _ has scrammed due to a leak in the Drywell.

2. Conditions requiring Drywell Spray have been met.

3. T-225 has been completed up to and including step 4.5.9.3, however the LOOP A INJECTION white indicating light is NOT lit.

INITIATING CUE:

Shift Supervision directs you to initiate LOCA signal for A Loop by performing step 4.5.9.4 of T-225 on Unit Page 8 of 8

_.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~j)/ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE CODE NO: SEG-4155E REV NO: 000 AUTHOR: J. N. KOELLE APPROXIMATE 70 minutes RUNTIME:

TYPE: SIMULATOR EVALUATION EFFECTIVE DATE:

GUIDE PROGRAM: LICENSED OPERATOR TRAINING COURSE: LICENSED OPERATOR (REQUALIFICATION/INITIAL) TRAINING TITLE: Simulator Evaluation Guide for Individual and Crew Performance Prepared By: Date:

Training Instructor - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

Program (ILT or LOR) Lead - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

EP (as appropriate) - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

RE (as appropriate) - Signature Approval: Date:

OPS Manager - Signature Approved For Use: Date:

Training Manager - Signature SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 1 of 61

,.._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Limerick 1 & 2 Scenario No.: 2 Rev _o_ Op-Test No.:_1_

Examiners: Operators:

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 Reactor Power is 90% due to '1A' ASD cell failure Unit 2 Reactor Power is 100%

Turnover:

'1A' ASD cell failure troubleshooting in progress

Perform RT-6-019-310-1, REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY Event Malfunction Event Event No. Number Type* Description N/A N-PRO Perform RT-6-019-310-1 Reactor Feedpump Turbine Lube Oil 1

Pump Operability 2 MFW245A R-RO "1 B" RFP Trip C-PRO MRD0161 C-RO Control Rod Drifts Out 3

TS-SRO I-PRO Inadvertent NSSS ISOLATION 4 MNS161B TS-SRO MRR441 5

MRR440A LOCA, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate, RCIC overspeed trip MHP447B M-ALL MCN001 MCN002 MRC466 MRD016G C-RO Failure of 3 {three) Control Rods to scram 6

MDG420A C-PRO 7 011 Bus fails to auto swap on Dead BusTransfer, and failure MED011 of 011 EOG to auto start MED015A I* (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (l)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor I SEG-4155£ RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 2 of 61

,,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE I. PURPOSE: Systematically evaluate individual and team performance to identify areas for improvement. Critical Tasks and Assessment Items from this evaluation guide are to be used to assess crew and individual performance and as input into a 4.0 Crew Critique Process.

II. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE OBJECTIVES:

A. The following evaluation objectives apply to the Crew (C), Shift Manager (SM), Control Room Supervisor (S), Unit Reactor Operator I Plant Reactor Operator (R), or Incident Assessor I Shift Technical Advisor (A) as indicated in the following categories.

1. The general condition for each of the evaluation objectives will be "Given the plant conditions and sequence of events in the Simulator Evaluation Guide (SEG)".

2. The general acceptable evaluation objective criteria for each of the evaluation objectives will be "To perform effectively as an individual and contribute to successful crew performance in accordance with appropriate reference plant procedures and Operations Expectations, Fundamentals and Strategies".

3. Specific UNSAT evaluation objective criteria will be consistent with TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation with applicable forms and job aids.

4. During performance of this Simulator Evaluation Guide, the individuals and crew should satisfactorily demonstrate the following overall procedure and plant control objectives:

Direct and perform actions per OT-100, Reactor Low Level

Direct and perform actions per OT-101, High Drywell Pressure

Direct and perform actions per OT-104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Addition

Direct and perform actions per GP-8.5, Isolation Bypass Of Crucial Systems

Direct and perform actions per GP-5, Appendix 2, Planned Rx Maneuvering Without Shutdown

Direct and perform actions per GP-5, Appendix 3, Unintentional Drop in Power

Direct and perform actions per ON-104, Control Rod Problems

Direct and perform actions per ON-113, Loss of RECW

Direct and perform actions per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation

Direct and perform actions per T-240, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions

Direct and perform actions per T-101, RPV Control

Direct and perform actions per T-111, Level Restoration/Steam Cooling

Direct and perform actions per T-102, Primary Containment Control

Direct and perform actions per T-117, Level/Power Control SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 3 of 61

,....., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Ill. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILTor LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date IV. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (e.g for conversion of LSTS to LLORSEG format).

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision RevOOO This is a modified version of scenario 2 from the ILT09-1 NRC Exam. 10/20/14 SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 4 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE V. SCENARIO EVENT AND EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Event One: The crew will perform RT-6-019-310-1 Reactor Feedpump Turbine Lube Oil Pump Operability.

Evaluation: Evaluate the crew's ability to set up and perform RT-6-019-310-1 Reactor Feedpump Turbine Lube Oil Pump Operability, test.

Event Two: Shortly after the crew begins performance of RT-6-019-310-1, the "1 B" RFP will trip.

Evaluation: Evaluate the crew's ability to recognize the RFP trip, execute OT-100 for lowering Rx level, OT-104 for the unexpected power change, and reduce Rx power by performing steps of GP-5 Appendix 3 and RMSI. The crew is expected to lower power such that total FW flow is not in excess of 13 Mlbm/hr with two RFPs.

Event Three: When the plant has been stabilized following the power reduction for the RFP trip, a Control Rod will drift out.

Evaluation: Evaluate the crew's ability to recognize the drifting control rod. The crew is expected to execute ON-104, isolate the control rod, and take actions required by Tech Spec 3.1.3.1.

Event Four: Following Tech Spec actions taken for control rod, an inadvertent NSSSS Group VlllA isolation will occur.

Evaluation: Evaluate the crew's ability to recognize equipment affected and bypass and restore DWCW, RECW, and PCIG.

Event Five: Once actions are taken for the Group VlllA NSSSS isolation, a coolant leak will develop in the Drywell that eventually develops into a Recirc Loop rupture with increased severity to a 1% DBA LOCA. Complicating the event will be a failure of the HPCI Aux oil pump, RCIC overspeed trip, and a loss of Condensate.

Evaluation: To determine the crews ability to take appropriate actions and use procedures to mitigate the effects of the leak in the DW. The crew is expected to perform OT-101, T-101, T-102, andT-111.

SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 5 of 61

,..,,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

//IRlllr Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE SCENARIO EVENT AND EVALUATION

SUMMARY

cont 1d Event Six: When the scram is attempted three control rods will fail to scram.

Evaluation: The crew is expected to enter T-117 and insert the Control Rods manually.

Event Seven: When the plant receives a LOCA signal the 101-011 breaker will trip with the 201-011 breaker failing to auto close, also the 011 EOG fails to auto start.

Evaluation: The crew is expected to manually start 011 EOG and manually close the output breaker or manually close the 201-011 Breaker Termination Point: The scenario may be terminated when the crew has restored level to the normal band, 5 AOS/SRVs are open and Orywell Spray is in service.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 6 of 61

,,,,,.,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VI. REFERENCES A. Training Procedures

1. TQ-AA-1 SO, Operator Training Programs

2. TQ-AA-1 SS, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation

3. TQ-AA-1SS-F04, Simulator Evaluation Form - Individual

4. TQ-AA-1 SS-FOS, Simulator Evaluation Form - Crew S. TQ-JA-1 SS-03, Simulator Evaluation Job Aid

6. TQ-JA-155-0S, Evaluated Scenario Grading Flowchart

7. TQ-JA-1SS-08, Simulator Evaluation Individual Competency Standards

8. TQ-JA-1 SS-09, Simulator Evaluation Crew Competency Standards

9. TQ-JA-1 SS-11, Simulator Self Evaluation Form B. Annunciator Response Cards (ARC)

1. 108 REACTOR F-4, Rod Drift

2. 111 RECIRC, A3, 1A Recirc Pump Seal Cooling Water LO Flow

3. 111 RECIRC, AS, 1A Recirc Pump Motor Winding Cooling Water LO Flow

4. 112 CLEANUP, A3, 1B Recirc Pump Seal Cooling Water LO Flow S. 112 CLEANUP, AS, 1B Recirc Pump Motor Winding Cooling Water LO Flow

6. 114 ISOL G2, 1A Drywall Inst Gas Trouble

7. 114 ISOL G3, 1B Drywall Inst Gas Trouble

8. 102 FEED 81, "1 B" RFPT TRIP

9. 125 GEN D-2, 1 GEN AC & DC Regulators Unbalanced 1O. 103 83, Drywall Floor Drain Hi Level

11. 11 S BS, Drywall Cooler Drain Flow High

12. 004 81, Drywall Chiller Trip I Failed to Start

13. 004 H1, Turb Encl HVAC Panel 10C126 Trouble

14. 104 DS, Condensate Pump Disch Sample Station Trouble C. System Procedures (S)

1. S43.0.D, Response to Recirc Pump Motor High Temperature

2. S87.1.A, Startup of the Drywall Chiller Water System D. General Procedures (GP)

1. GP-S, Appendix 2, Planned Rx Maneuvering Without Shutdown

2. GP-S, Appendix 3, Unintentional Drop in Power E. Off Normal Procedures (ON)

1. ON-104, Control Rod Problems

2. ON-113, Loss of RECW F. Operating Transient Procedures (OT)

1. OT-100, Reactor Low Level

2. OT-101, High Drywall Pressure

3. OT-104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive or Negative Reactivity Addition G. Event Procedures (E)

SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 7 of 61

,.,.,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

=- Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE H. Special Event Procedures (SE)

1. SE-10, LOCA I. Surveillance Test and Routine Test Procedures (ST and RT)

1. RT-6-019-310-1, Reactor Feedpump Turbine Lube Oil Pump Operability J. Technical Specifications and TRM (TS}

1. 3.1.3.1

2. 3.1.3.6

3. 3.6.3 K. Transient Response Implementation Procedures (T-100 series)/SAMPs

1. T-101, RPV Control

2. T-102, Primary Containment Control

3. T-111, Level Restoration/Steam Cooling

4. T-112, Emergency Slowdown

5. T-117, Level/Power Control L. TRIP 200 Series Procedures

1. T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation

2. T-240, Maximizing CRD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions M. EP-AA-1008, Limerick, Radiological Emergency Plan Annex for Limerick Generating Station N. Administrative Procedures

1. OP-AA Procedures

a. OP-AA-1, Conduct of Operations

b. OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description

c. OP-AA-101-111-1003, Operations Department Standards and Expectations

d. OP-AA-101-113, Operations Fundamentals

e. OP-AA-101-113-1006, 4.0 Crew Critique Guidelines

f. OP-AA-106-101-1006, Operational Decision Making Process

2. OP-LG Procedures

a. OP-LG-101-111-1000, Licensed Operator Duties

b. OP-LG-102-106, Operator Response Time Program at Limerick

c. OP-LG-103-102-1000, Human Performance Continuing Good Practices

d. OP-LG-103-102-1002, Strategies for Successful Transient Mitigation

e. OP-LG-108-101-1001, Simple Quick Acts I Transient Acts

0. Current Shift Night Orders Forced Outage Plan P. INPO Significant Operating Experience Reports (SOER), Significant Event Reports (SER) and INPO Event Reports (IER)

1. IER-U 11-3, Weaknesses in Operator Fundamentals

2. SER 3-05, Weakness in Operator Fundamentals

3. SOER 10-02, Engaged Thinking Organizations SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 8 of 61

.~*

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__.,., Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VII. PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 90% power

Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:

A cell failure on the '1A' ASD occurred the previous shift. Cell failure troubleshooting is in progress. The '1A' Speed Hold has been reset.

Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETR):

None Restrictions on Plant Operations:

Maintain 90% power until '1A' ASD troubleshooting is complete Planned Evolutions:

Perform RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY Documents Provided:

RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 9 of 61

,__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VIII. DIRECTIONS FOR EVALUATION PREPARATION A. INITIAL PREPARATION

., ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete TQ-AA-155, Operator Training Programs Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist.

Complete TQ-LG-201-0113, Limerick Training Department Simulator Examination Security Actions Checklist Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist B. SIMULATOR SETUP ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist Reset Simulator to IC-125 OR Reset the simulator to IC developed for scenario AND Load scenario file SEG-4155E RevOOO.scn Verify that all Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers are properly loaded OR Manually enter the Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers per the Scenario Generator Screen Shots:

Simulator Operator (Driver) perform the following:

Momentarily place simulator in RUN

Acknowledge and clear all spurious alarms

Reduce reactor power to 90% using Recirc

Place the simulator back into FREEZE

Provide copy of RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 10 of 61

,.._- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE C. MALFUNCTION/REMOTE/OVERRIDE/ANNUNCIATORS FUNCTION TIME TABLE r Timer Pause Pending SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 11 of 61

,,,,,,,..,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE D. EVENT TRIGGERS ASSIGNMENT

1. Timers should be used on event triggers where possible for time validation

2. Timing of event triggers may be altered by the Lead Evaluator (or designee)

3. Verify triggers are actuated automatically as designed or manually initiate the trigger when the initiating action has occurred.

4. Inform Lead Evaluator (or designee) of expected plant response prior to actuation of each trigger.

5. Trigger #1 is manually initiated at Lead Evaluator (or designee) direction after the crew assumes responsibility for operation.

TRIGGER/ MALFUNCTION I (f) TIME EVENT DESCRIPTION 1 AUTO/ZFWS912B(1) '1 B' RFP trip 2 Manual Control Rod 26-43 Drifts out 3 Manual Inadvertent NSSSS Group 8 isolation 4 Manual Small Coolant leak in Drywall 5 AUTO/ZRPS1 SON LOCA, Loss of Condensate 6 AUTO/RRLFX43B RCIC system overspeed trip

<=-55 7 AUTO/RRLFX438 011 Bus transfer failure and 011 EOG fails to auto

<=-129 start

~ Event Trigger Builder I Viewer ~

Eavorites Iriggers Tri er 1:1 Tri erTe)(t Operators:

I ZFWS9128(1 I Arithmetic:

2

Multiplication 3 I Division 4 + Addition 5 ZRPS1SDN

Subtraction 6 RRLFX43B<*-55 Relational:

7 RRLFX43B<=-129 8

> Greater than 9

>* G realer than or equal 10 < Le$S than 11 <= Less than or 12 equal 13 =* Equalto 14 I= Not equal to 15 Logical:

16

&& And 17 II Or 18 I Not 19 Other:

Open Paren Close Paren Irigger Now I !:;lea1 CJearAll eccept EJSit SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 12 of 61

,.,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE E. EQUIPMENT REPORTS AND SIMULATOR INSTRUCTOR OPERATIONS

1. This table section is moved and now integrated with Assessment of Crew Performance to facilitate simulator Operator and Instructor observation of crew activities related to simulator operation and instructor intervention.

2. Scripted Activity Reports should be followed with adherence to Operations Communication standards of performance.

3. The T-200 procedure reference book should be used for familiarity of reports to aid in operator prompting and expected communications.

4. The Lead Evaluator (or designee) should be informed if any event is not reported as scripted due to lack of Operator request.

5. The Standard Equipment Operator Response Times are per Attachment 1

6. A record of communications from the MGR and to the MGR will be maintained by the Simulator Operator using Attachment 2.

7. The OCOEE Simulator Operator Station P&IDs, Floor Plans and Panels must be used by the Simulator Operator as reference information when making reports to the MCR for plant parameters which are not driven by a communications script. Examples include: ARMs, Blowout Panel status, Reactor Building Area Temperatures and Pressures, RMMS, Turbine Enclosure parameters etc.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 13 of 61

,.,,,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE IX. QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES MINIMUM ACTUAL DESCRIPTION ATTRIBUTE NUMBER NUMBER (If Applicable)

TOTAL MALFUNCTIONS 5 5 See Assessment Items MALFUNCTIONS AFTER EOP 1 3 See Assessment Items 4 ON-104, OT-101, OT-ABNORMAL EVENTS 2 100, ON-113 MAJOR TRANSIENTS 1 1 LOCA EOPs USED BEYOND PRIMARY 1 1 T-102 SCRAM RESPONSE EOP CONTINGENCY 3 1 T-112, T-111, T-117 PROCEDURES USED 4 T-117.1 orT-111.3, CREW CRITICAL TASKS 2 T-101.6, T-111.3 or T-102.2, T-102.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.1.3.1, 3.6.3, 3.3.2 1 3 EXERCISED EOP RUN TIME 40-70% 40%

SCENARIO RUN TIME 45 Minutes 70 Min.

Enter the level of difficulty (LOO) of each scenario using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (LOO > 1 and < 5 are acceptable) 3.0 SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 14 of 61

,,,,,,.... LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~* Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE X. CREW CRITICAL TASKS A. Critical Tasks are based on the current Crew Critical Task List revision, NUREG 1123 Rev 2 Supplement 1 and TQ-AA-150 requirements.

1. T-101.6 Insert control rods manually.

KIA 295037 EA1.07 3.9/4.0 KIA 295037 EA1.08 3.6/3.6 KIA 295015 AA2.02 4.1/4.2 Standard: Insert all insertable control rods to or beyond 02 with the RMCS, bypassing the RWM when it prevents rod movement.

SAT/UNSAT

2. T-117.1 Inhibit automatic ADS.

KIA 295037 EA2.06 4.0/4.1 KIA 218000 A4.04 4.1/4.1 Standard: Prevent automatic initiation of ADS SAT/UNSAT OR T-111.3 Inhibit automatic ADS.

KIA 218000 A2.06 4.2/4.3 Standard: Prevent automatic initiation of ADS prior to exceeding -129" reactor level and ADS logic being completed.

SAT/UNSAT SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 15 of 61

..,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.=:7 Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE CREW CRITICAL TASKS cont'd

3. T-111.3 Maintain RPV level greater than the TAF.

KIA 295031 EA1 .01 4.4/4.5 KIA 295031 EA1.02 4.5/4.5 KIA 295031 EA1.05 4.3/4.3 KIA 295031 EA1.11 4.1/4.1 KIA 295031 EA1 .12 3.9/4.1 Standard: Operate injection systems to maintain reactor level greater than the TAF or enter T-112, perform an emergency blowdown, and when pressure permits, inject with low pressure ECCS to restore RPV level above TAF.

SAT I UNSAT I NIA OR T-102.2 Perform emergency blowdown per T-112.

KIA 295024 EA1.08 3.9/3.9 KIA 295024 EA2.04 3.9/3.9 Standard: When Suppression Pool Pressure cannot be maintained below the Pressure Suppression Pressure (PC/P-3), curve and before Drywall pressure exceeds 55 psig, open 5 SRVs.

SAT I UNSAT I NIA

4. T-102.1 Spray the Drywell per T-225.

KIA 295024 EA1.11 4.2/4.2 KIA 295028 EA1 .01 3.8/3.9 KIA 295028 EA1.04 3.9/4.0 Standard: When Drywall temperature and pressure are on the SAFE side of curve PC/P-2, spray the Drywall before exceeding 340°F or 55 psig.

SAT/UNSAT SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 16 of 61

,..._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__.., . Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE XI. ASSESSMENT OF CREW PERFORMANCE DURING CONDUCT OF THE DYNAMIC SIMULATOR EVALUATIONS:

A. Conduct the Simulator Evaluation Session per TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation, Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist B. Assessment of Crew and Individual performance shall be consistent with OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description C. Where possible record the time and position responsible for performance of each task or assessment item D. Items not performed as expected SHALL be discussed in the post performance crew critique E. During the performance of the evaluation, the Simulator Evaluators shall MAINTAIN notes of observations and information consistent with the timeline F. Assessment items with the CD symbol indicate a time critical standard for performance G. Assessment items with the~ symbol indicate a Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PRA) association with the task H. The Simulator Operator will respond with scripted or proceduralized responses when requested by the MCR operators with Procedure completion times requested per Attachment 1 I. The Simulator Operator will also maintain a timeline and record of all reports and requests issued by the MCR personnel with response provided by the simulator operator using Attachment 2 J. Shaded items do not require assessment for ILT Evaluations. The CRS may be requested to complete the Shift ED forms and determine the EAL classification at the completion of the scenario.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 17 of 61

,,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 1 RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

Ensure Trigger# _1_ automatically actuates to trip the '1 B' RFP when hand switch for 1B(2)P124 is placed in RUN.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 18 of 61

,,,,,..., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~* Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 1 RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY Obtain copy of RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PRO PUMP OPERABILITY RT-6-019-310-1section4.3-4.5 EMERGENCY LUBE OIL PUMP 1AP125 TEST (Test steps are repeated for 1BP125 and 1CP125)

CUE: To conserve time, evaluator may cue candidate 5 minutes have passed between pump runs START 1AP125, "1A RFPT Emergency Lube Oil Pump" by pressing A, OIL PRO PUMP TEST, (E), PUSH TO TEST pushbutton at panel 1OC668.

VERIFY pump starts. PRO ALLOW pump to run for five minutes. PRO PLACE 1AP125 (HS-19-110A), PUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL, EMER LO PRO (PUMP A), in "STOP" at panel 10C651.

VERIFY pump has stopped AND does not restart. PRO RT-6-019-310-1section4.6-4.8, RFPT MAIN LUBE OIL PUMP 1A1P124 TEST (Test steps are repeated for 181P124 and 1C1P124 )

CUE: To conserve time, evaluator may cue candidate 5 minutes have passed between pump runs EVALUATOTS NOTE: The '1 B' RFP will trip when hand switch for 1B(2)P124 is placed in RUN START standby 1A1 P124 OR 1A2P124, "1A RFPT Main Lube Oil Pump" by PRO depressing A, OIL PUMP TEST, (M1/M2), PUSH TO TEST pushbutton at panel 1OC668.

VERIFY pump starts PRO PLACE hand switch for 1A(2)P124 in "RUN" for the running pump. PRO ALLOW pump to run for five minutes. PRO PLACE pump that was in service prior to test, 1A1P124 (HS-19-111 A), PRO (PUMP A1) OR 1A2P124, (HS-19-112A), (PUMP A2), PUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL, NORMAL LO, in "STOP" at panel 10C651.

VERIFY pump has stopped AND does not restart. PRO SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 19 of 61

,,..., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.,..-. Exelon Generation.. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT2 "1 B" RFP Trip Simulator Operator Instructions:

Ensure Trigger# _1_ automatically actuates to trip the '1 B' RFP when hand switch for 1B(2)P124 is placed in RUN.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 1O min after FSSV or EO action requested to investigate the "1 B" RFP trip:

report: The cause of the "1 B" RFP triQ is unknown at this time. Maintenance is on their way to SUQQOrt troubleshooting. to MCA At time 5 min If action requested, from FSSV or EO to re-align HWC (HWC currently aligned to the '1 A' and '1 B' RFP).

Insert override RFW003, and report: HWC is aligned to "1 C" RFP to MCA SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 20 of 61

,__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT2 "18" RFP Trip Reference appropriate ARC: PRO/RO

102 FEED 81, "18" RFPTTRIP

125 GEN D-2, 1 GEN AC & DC Regulators Unbalanced The RO reports Q/UP with parameter, value, units, trend and rate to the CRS RO Power, Pressure and Level are stable Recognize and report "18" RFP tripped RO Enter and execute OT-100, Reactor Low Level CRS/RO

[OT-100 2.1 (Immediate operator Action)] RO IF drop in level caused by RFP trip THEN immediately REDUCE Rx power to 85% (use of P8-43-105, Loss of FWP 63%)

[OT-100 2.1(1mmediate operator Action)] RO REDUCE Rx power in accordance with GP-5 Appendix 2, Section 3.1, Reducing Rx Power AND Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions, until normal RPV level is restored.

[ARC-MCR-102 81] RO IF Rx power was reduced as a result of RFPT trip, THEN enter GP-5 Appendix 3, Unintentional Drop In Power.

[ARC-MCR-102 81 OR GP-5 App 3 p.2 Note 6] RO With only two RFPs IN SERVICE Rx power should be limited such that total FW flow does not exceed 13 Mlbm/hr

[ARC-MCR-125 D2] PRO IF Regulation Transfer Switch 43-G103/CS is in "AUTO" position, THEN using 1 Gen Field Voltage adjust, 70-G103/CS, adjust the manual DC voltage regulator output voltage to match the AUTO AC regulator as indicated by 1 Alt Exciter AC-DC reg transfer volt V/T-G103.

[ARC-MCR-102 81] PRO/RO Dispatch EO personnel determine the cause of the RFPT trip AND repair.

[G P-5 App 3 p.3 Note 1O] PRO/RO IF Rx power changes of > 15% RTP occur in less than one hour, THEN Chemistry must be informed of Rx power change in order to perform ST-5s as required, AND Chemistry should continue to call Main Control Room (MCR) every hour until Rx power change is complete. (CM-2)

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 21 of 61

,....., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE 11 EVENT2 18 11 RFP Trip Simulator Operator Instructions:

.Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 5min If action requested, from FSSV or EO to re-align HWC (HWC currently aligned to the '1A' and '1 B' RFP).

Insert override RFW003, and report: HWC is aligned to "1C" RFP to MCA SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 22 of 61

,....., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENTITEMSANDTASKPERFORMANCE POSITION 11 EVENT2 1 B" RFP Trip

[ARC-MCR-102 81] RO Refer to S06.2.A U/1, Shutdown Reactor Feed Pump from Standby Condition

[ARC-MCR-102 81] RO Refer to S06.8.H, Startup, Shutdown AND Operation of the Hydrogen Water Chemistry System Dispatch EO to align Hydrogen Water Chemistry to operating RFPs PRO/RO Notify Transmission System Operator (TSO) and Power Team Generation PRO/RO Dispatch of reactor power reduction Swap from LEFM to Venturi per S06.7.8 U/1, Section 4.2 RO/PRO Reference TRM 3.3. 7 .13 SRO SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 23 of 61

,,,_- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT3 Control Rod 26-43 Drifts Out Simulator Operator Instructions:

Manually initiate Trigger #_g_when directed by Lead Evaluator for Rod 26-43 to drift out.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate:

At time 3 min after FSSV or EO action requested to isolate Control Rod 26-43 by closing on HCU 26-43, 47- 01 and 47- 02:

DELETE Malfunction MRD0161 for Control Rod 26-43 to allow the control rod to settle, and report: Unit 1 Control Rod 26-43 is isolated with the 01. and 02 valves closed. To MCA After isolating HCU 26-43:

INSERT MRD016D for Control Rod 26-43, so Rod remains stuck on scram signal.

Self Check - Do NOT remove malfunction MRD016G for Control Rods 22-39, 22-55, or 54-47.

NOTE: SSV may request per Tech Spec 3.1.3.1 closing on HCU 26-43, 47- 03 and 47- 05.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 24 of 61

,,,,,,,..,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT3 Control Rod 26-43 Drifts Out Reference appropriate ARC: RO/PRO

108 REACTOR F-4, ROD DRIFT The RO reports Q/UP with parameter, value, units, trend and rate to the CRS RO Power, Pressure and Levels.

Determine Control Rod 26-43 is drifting out RO Enter and execute OT-104, Unexpected/Unexplained Positive Or Negative CRS/RO Reactivity Insertion

[OT-104 2.1 (Immediate Operator Action)] CRS/RO REDUCE Rx power in accordance with GP-5 Appendix 2, Planned Rx Maneuvering Without Shutdown, Section 3.1, Reducing Rx Power AND Reactor Maneuvering Shutdown Instructions, to maintain Rx power at OR below initial pre-transient level.

(Reduce Recirc Flow by pressing "lowering RPM" on ASD controllers)

[OT-104 2.1(Follow-Up Action)] CRS DIRECT performance of appropriate procedure based on cause of reactivity insertion Enter and execute ON-104, Control Rod Problems CRS/RO

[ON-104 2.2.3] RO APPLY continuous control rod insert signal to drifting rod (26-43) until fully inserted.

[ON-104 2.2.3.1] RO IF control rod (26-43) drifts out after fully inserted, THEN REAPPLY continuous control rod insert signal as necessary to maintain control rod fully inserted.

[ON-104 2.2.5] CRS GO TO Flowchart on Attachment 2 AND CONSULT Tech Spec 3.1.3.1.

[ON-104 2.2.19] RO Maintain continuous control rod insert signal to drifting rod as necessary to maintain rod full in. Isolate affected rod from its HCU as follows: (a) close affected CRDS 47-*-01 valve, (b) close affected CRDS 47-*-02 valve, (c) release insert pushbutton. If affected rod begins to drift out while isolated, then continue at step 2.2.14 SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 25 of 61

,.._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.- . Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 3 Control Rod 26-43 Drifts Out Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate:

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 26 of 61

,,,...; LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT3 Control Rod 26-43 Drifts Out

[ON-104 2.2.19] PRO/RO Dispatch personnel to isolate rod by closing the 01 and 02 valves

[ON-104 2.2.20] RO When Rod is isolated demand a P-1, and verify no "thermal limits greater than 1.0" Reference TS 3.1.3.1 for drifting rod CRS Direct personnel to isolate rod by closing 03 and 05 valves within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days 2.777778e-4 hours 1.653439e-6 weeks 3.805e-7 months to CRS comply with Tech Spec 3.1.3.1.b.1 SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 27 of 61

,,,,,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.,.. ' Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Simulator Operator Instructions

Manually actuate Trigger # _L when directed by Lead Evaluator to initiate NSSSS inadvertent isolation ..

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 10 min after FSSV or EO action requested for Group 8 NSSSS isolation:

report: l&C is investigating 1 no cause has been identified to MCR SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 28 of 61

,...., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Reference appropriate ARCs: PRO/RO

111 RECIRC, A3, 1A Recirc Pump Seal Cooling Water LO Flow

111 RECIRC, AS, 1A Recirc Pump Motor Winding Cooling Water LO Flow

112 CLEANUP, A3, 18 Recirc Pump Seal Cooling Water LO Flow

112 CLEANUP, AS, 1B Recirc Pump Motor Winding Cooling Water LO Flow

114 ISOL G2, 1A Drywell Inst Gas Trouble

114 ISOL G3, 1B Drywell Inst Gas Trouble Enter OT-101, High Drywell Temperature CRS Establish Drywell pressure as Critical Parameter CRS Direct PRO to bypass and restore DWCW, RECW, and PCIG CRS/PRO

[ARC-MCR-111 A-3] RO/PRO Monitor Recirc Pump seal cavity temperatures and refer to S43.0.D (Section 4.5)

Enter ON-113, Loss of RECW CRS

[ON-113 2.1] PRO IF RECW flow is not expected to be restored to Recirc Pump seals within 10 minutes, THEN INFORM CRS to consider a rapid plant shutdown per GP-4, Rapid Plant Shutdown To Hot Shutdown.

[ON-113 2.2] CRS/PRO

!E_RECW flow is not restored to Recirc Pump seals within 1O minutes, THEN immediately TRIP Recirc Pumps 1O seconds apart per S43.2.A, Shutdown Of A Recirculation Pump.

EVALUATORS NOTE: The crew will bypass and restore RECW per GP-8.5, Isolation Bypass of Crucial Systems ANO/OR as directed using ON-113

[G P-8.5 3.3.1] PRO/RO IF RECW Head Tank HI/LO Alarm (118 services H-5) is not in alarm OR RECW Pump suction pressure is greater than 80 psig as read on Pl-013-1OSA(B) (local Pl at pumps) THEN perform the following: Otherwise do not bypass the isolation.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 29 of 61

_.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 30 of 61

,....., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

...... Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation

[GP-8.5 3.3.3] CRS/PRO IF an Outboard Isolation has occurred THEN perform the next step to bypass the isolation signals for:

HV-13-108 Recirc Pp Clg Wtr In (SUPPLY/RETURN TO SEALS/OIL CLAS)

HV-13-111 Recirc Pp Clg Wtr Out (SUPPLY/RETURN TO SEALS/OIL CLAS)

[GP-8.5 3.3.3.1] [ON-113 2.5.1] PRO Position HS-13-113 in BYPASS.

PLACE HS-013-*13, "Reac Recirc Pmp Clg Wtr MOV lsln Bypass Switch" (SEALS/OIL CLAS OUTBD ISOL BYPASS), in "BYPASS."

[ON-113 2.5.1] PRO OPEN HV-013-*08, "Rx Recirc Pump RECW Inlet PCIV" AND HV-013-*11, "Rx Recirc Pmp RECW Outlet PCIV," by placing HS-013-*08, "RECW To Recirc Pp" (SUP/RET SEAUOIL CLAS) (HV-013-*08/*11 ), in "OPEN."

[OT-101 3.15.3 or GP-8.5] CRS/PRO IF the Drywell Chilled Water System has undergone an inadvertent isolation THEN RESET per GP-8.3 OR BYPASS per GP-8.5.

[GP-8.5 3.2.1] RO/PRO IF DWCW Head Tank HI/LO Alarm (PMS Point G532) is "NORMAL" OR DWCW Pump suction pressure is greater than 35 psig as read on Pl-087-109A(B) (local Pl at pumps) THEN perform the following: Otherwise do not bypass the isolation.

[GP-8.5 3.2.2] PRO IF an Inboard Isolation has occurred THEN perform the next step to bypass the isolation signals for:

HV-87-128 A D/W Chilled Water Supply (LOOP A)

HV-87-129 A D/W Chilled Water Return (LOOP A)

HV-87-122 B D/W Chilled Water Supply (LOOP B)

HV-87-123 B D/W Chilled Water Return (LOOP B)

[GP-8.5 3.2.2.1] PRO Position HS-87-115 in BYPASS.

EVALUATORS NOTE: whenever possible only bypass the effected valve(s) so that the isolation capability of the entire penetration in not bypassed.

Per [GP-8.4 3.1] WHEN bypass logic is completed, THEN POSITION valve handswitches used to make up logic as necessary.

SEG-4155E RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 31 of 61

......- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 32 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Open the following valves repositioned for bypassing logic: PRO

HV-87-128 A D/W Chilled Water Supply (LOOP A)

HV-87-129 A D/W Chilled Water Return (LOOP A)

HV-87-122 B D/W Chilled Water Supply (LOOP B)

HV-87-123 B D/W Chilled Water Return (LOOP B)

EVALUATORS NOTE: If required, Drywall Cooling is restored using S87.1.A Appendix 1, Startup of Standby/Tripped Drywall Chiller Hard Card or S87.1.A, Startup of Drywell Chilled Water System.

Restore Drywell Cooling per 887 .1.A Appendix 1, Startup of Standby/Tripped PRO Drywell Chiller Hard Card or S87.1.A, Startup of Drywall Chilled Water System.

[S87.1.AApp1 2.1] PRO PLACE *A(B)K111 Drywall Chiller (CHILLER) to STOP (Green Flagged).

[887.1.A App1 2.2] PRO PLACE OW Chilled water pump *A-P161 to OFF.

[S87.1.A App1 2.3] PRO PLACE DW Chilled water pump *B-P161 to OFF.

[S87.1.A App1 4.0] PRO PLACE *B(A)K111, "D/W Chiller" (CHILLER) for oncoming Drywall Chiller in "START."

[887.1.A App1 4.0] PRO VERIFY HV-087-*02B(A), "CHILLER Discharge," opens

[S87.1.A App1 4.0] PRO ENSURE *A-P161 in RUN.

[887.1.A App1 4.0] PRO ENSURE *B-P161 in RUN.

EVALUATORS NOTE: PCIG is restored as directed using GP-8.5 section 3.1 Bypass and restore PCIG per GP-8.5 PRO SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 33 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 34 of 61

,......, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 NSSSS Group VlllA Inadvertent isolation

[GP-8.5 3.1.3] PRO IF an Outboard Isolation has occurred THEN perform the next step to bypass the isolation signals for:

HV-59-102 PCIG Compressor Suction (OUTBOARD)

HV-59-129B PCIG B Header Supply (DRYWELL B)

[GP-8.5 3.1.3.1] PRO Position switches as listed:

HSS-57-191 B BYPASS

HV-59-102 CLOSE

HV-59-129B CLOSE NOTE: [G P-8.4 3.1 ][GP-8.5 3.1.1]

WHEN bypass logic is completed, !!:!EH POSITION valve handswitches used to make up logic as necessary.

Open the following valves repositioned for bypassing logic: PRO

HV-59-102

HV-59-129B EVALUATORS NOTE: PCIG header may be restored to service using Instrument Air OR after PCIG is restored per GP-8.5, it is acceptable to either wait for PCIG pressure to build up OR open air to gas valves. (difference is< 1 min and NOT consequential)

[ON-113 2.15] PRO

!E._Primary Containment Instrument Gas (PCIG) Compressors trip due to loss of RECW flow, THEN OPEN HV-059-*28A(B), "Inst Air Supply Viv To 'A'('B')

Inst Gas Hdr" (INST GAS A(B)), on Panel *OC655 to pressurize PCIG System with Instrument Air.

Reference Tech Spec 3.6.3 CRS Contact l&C/ Floor Supervisor/ WWM to investigate inadvertent isolation CRS/PRO SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 35 of 61

,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENT 6 Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT 7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Manually initiate Trigger# ___L_when directed by Lead Evaluator, to actuate a small coolant leak in the Drywell Ensure Trigger #__§.__automatically actuates when RMS taken to SHUTDOWN.

Ensure Trigger#_§__ automatically actuates to trip RCIC on -55" low reactor level.

Ensure Trigger # _J_ automatically actuates when Reactor level decreases to -129".

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 1O min after FSSV or EO action requested for Control Rods Fail to Scram:

report: There is no apparent cause at either HCU. 22-39. 22-55 or 54-47, which would account for the failure to scram. to MCR SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 36 of 61

,._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Reference ARCs PRO

112 CS, Drywell Equip Drain Tank/ Floor Drain Sump Leakage HI Flow

11 S BS, Drywell Cooler Drain Flow High Recognize rising Drywell pressure PRO/RO Enter and execute OT-101, High Drywell Pressure CRS/PRO (OT-101 3.1] ESTABLISH Drywell pressure as a Critical Parameter PRO

[OT-101 3.2, 3.3] CRS/PRO CHECK following parameters and DIRECT use of appropriate OT-101, Att. 4

Recirc Pump seals

RWCU flow/pressure

DWCW operation

[OT-101Attachment4 step 3] ENSURE RWCU system secured per OT-101 PRO Recognize OT-101 actions are ineffective in reversing rising Drywell pressure CRS/PRO trend and direct plant shutdown Manually scram reactor before Drywell pressure reaches 1.68 psig RO Enter and execute T-101 on <+12.S" CRS Re-enter T-101 on 1.68 psig CRS Enter and execute T-102 on 1.68 psig CRS/PRO Remove isolation bypasses for RECW, DWCW and PCIG Recognize HPCI Failure to start at 1.68 psig due to Aux Oil Pump Overload PRO

[T-101 RC-4] Place Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN RO

[T-101 RC-6] Insert SRM's and IRM's RO Recognize ALL RODS NOT IN [Three (3) Control Rods failed to insert]. RO Report downscales on all APRMs RO SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 37 of 61

,,,..., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Ensure Trigger # ___§._ automatically actuates when RMS taken to SHUTDOWN.

Ensure Trigger #~automatically actuates to trip RCIC on -55" low reactor level.

Ensure Trigger # _L automatically actuates when Reactor level decreases to -129".

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

If call is made to Rad Waste Control Room requesting information on loss of FW, report: "PLC Failure has resulted in Condensate Flow Control Valves failing closed".

At time 10 min after FSSV or EO action requested for Control Rods Fail to Scram:

report: There is no aggarent cause at either HCU 1 22-39 1 22-55 or 54-47 1 which would account for the failure to scram. to MCR SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 38 of 61

,,,._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[T-101 RQ-2]

DIRECT Ensure Turbine trip and Generator Lockout

[T-101 RQ-2] PRO PERFORM Ensure Turbine trip and Generator Lockout

[T-101 RC/Q-12] CRS DIRECT Insert Rods Manually with the RWM bypassed

[T-101 RC/Q-12] RO PERFORM Insert Rods Manually with the RWM bypassed

[T-101 RC/L-3] CRS Exit RC/L ONLY and enter T-117 (not performed if RO has driven rods and ATWS is not appropriate when the SRO arrives at this step)

[T-117 LQ-3] PRO Inhibit Auto ADS (if T-117 is performed) (Critical Task)

Report when all but one rod at 00 (No ATWS) RO Report when ALL rods at 00 (Critical Task) RO

[T-117 LQ-2] CRS Re-enter T-101 at RC/L-1 (Exit T-117 if it was entered)

Recognize Loss of Feedwater RO Un-bypass systems bypassed per GP-8.5 CRS/PRO Re-enter T-102 on Drywell Temperature> 145 deg F CRS

[T-102 DW/T-5] CRS/PRO Maximize Drywell Cooling bypassing isolations per GP-8 as necessary

[T-1 02 PC/P-5] CRS DIRECT Before Supp Pool pressure reaches 7.5 psig Spray the Suppression Pool per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 39 of 61

,,,.,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 40 of 61

,.,,,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start PERFORM [T-102 PC/P-5] PRO Before Supp Pool pressure reaches 7.5 psig Spray the Suppression Pool per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray Operation EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are performed as directed by T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray Operation

[T-225 4.2.3] PRO IF AHR pump not running THEN start 1A(B)P202 "AHR Pump"

[T-225 4.2.4] PRO ENSURE the following valves open:

HV-51-1 F047A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Inlet Viv" (INLET)

HV-51-1 F003A(B), "1 A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Outlet Viv" (OUTLET)

HV-C-51-1 F048A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS)

[T-225 4.2.5] PRO OPEN HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)) AND OBTAIN flow of 8,000 to 8,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL.

[T-225 4.2.6] PRO OPEN HV-51-1F027A(B), "1A(B) AHR Supp Pool Spray Line PCIV" (SUPP POOL SPRAY).

[T-225 4.2.8] PRO PLACE AHR Service Water Pump for AHR Heat Exchanger to be used in service per S12.1.A, AHR Service Water System Startup.

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are performed as directed by S12.1.A, AHR Service Water System Startup.

[S12.1.A 4.1.4 orApp1 1.1] PRO OPEN HV-51-*F014A(B), HEAT EXCHANGER INLET.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 41 of 61

,..,,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of {three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Ensure Trigger # _§__ automatically actuates to trip RCIC on -55" low reactor level.

Ensure Trigger# -L automatically actuates when Reactor level decreases to -129".

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 42 of 61

....,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[S12.1.A 4.1.5 or App1 1.2] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-*F068A(B) for 18 to 20 seconds.

[S12.1.A 4.1.6(7) or App1 1.3] PRO VERIFY Pl-51-*05A-1(B), HX DISCH, indicates system static pressure greater than or equal to 15 psig.

[S12.1.A 4.1.8 orApp1 1.4] PRO IF the HI RAD AND/OR HI Pump Discharge pressure trips need to be bypassed AND the required actions of ODCM Part 1 Control 3.1.1 have been met for the INOPERABLE RHRSW Radiation Monitor, THEN PLACE HSS-12-002A(B), PUMP TRIP BYPASS, in "BYPASS."

[S12.1.A 4.2.1 or App1 1.5] PRO IF 'A' Loop pump (OA(C)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OA-V543 OR OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.

[S12.1.A 4.1.10 or App1 1.6] PRO IF 'B' Loop pump (OB(D)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OB-V543 OR OD-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.0R OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.

[S12.1.A 4.2.2 orApp1 1.7] PRO START OA(B,C,D)P506, RHRSW PUMP.

[S12.1.A 4.2.3 orApp1 1.8] PRO THROTTLE HV-51-*F068A(B) to the maximum obtainable position without exceeding 11,000 gpm on Fl-51-*R602A(B) while maintaining pump disch pressure (Pl-12-001 A-1 (B)) between 75 psig to 85 psig.

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are from T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray Operation as directed by T-102, Primary Containment Control

[T-225 4.2.9] PRO CLOSE HV-C-51-1F048A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS).

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 43 of 61

,.,,,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__,,.;"' Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 44 of 61

,,,.,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~.Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENT& Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Reference ARCs PRO

103 B3, Drywall Floor Drain Hi Level

115 85, Drywall Cooler Drain Flow High

[T-225 4.2.1 O] PRO IF more spray flow is required, THEN REDUCE flow through Full Flow Test line by throttling closed HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)).

DIRECT [T-102 PC/P-9] CRS Spray the Drywell per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray Operation PERFORM [T-102 PC/P-9] PRO Spray the Drywell per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywall Spray Operation (Critical Task)

[T-225 4.5.1] PRO ENSURE HV-51-1 F004A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pump Suction PCIV" (SUCTION A(B)), open

[T-225 4.5.2] PRO ENSURE the following valves closed:

HV-51-1F006A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pp S/D Clg Suet lntertie Viv (SUCTION A(B))

HV-51-1 F015A(B), "1 A(B) Shutdown Clg Injection PCIV" (OUTBOARD A(B))

HV-51-1 F016A(B), "1 A(B) AHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV" (OUTBOARD A(B))

HV-51-1 F017A(B), "1A(B) AHR LPCI lnj PCIV" (OUTBOARD A(B))

[T-225 4.5.3] PRO IF AHR pump not running THEN START 1A(B)P202 "AHR Pump."

[T-225 4.5.4] PRO ENSURE the following valves open:

HV-51-1F047A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Inlet Viv" (INLET)

HV-51-1F003A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Outlet Viv (OUTLET)

HV-C-51-1F048A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS)

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 45 of 61

,,,,,,,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENT& Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

If call is made to Rad Waste Control Room requesting information on loss of FW, report: "PLC Failure has resulted in Condensate Flow Control Valves failing closed".

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 46 of 61

~

-.- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

_,,.,,.., Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[T-225 4.5.5] PRO/RO TRIP Reactor Recirc Pumps.

[T-225 4.5.6] PRO/RO REMOVE Drywell Cooling Fans from service by placing all 16 Drywell Cooler Fan switches to "OFF."

[T-225 4.5.7] PRO IF Drywell High Pressure AND LOCA signals are present, THEN GO TO step 4.5.11.

[T-225 4.5.11] PRO OPEN HV-51-1F024A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)), AND OBTAIN flow of 9,250 to 10,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL.

[T-225 4.5.12] PRO OPEN only one loop HV-51-1 F021A(B), "1A(B) AHR Cntmt Spray Line Inboard PCIV" (INBOARD).

[T-225 4.5.13] PRO/CRS REQUEST SSV verify drywell temperature AND drywell pressure are on SAFE side of Drywell Spray Initiation Limit Curve per T-102, Primary Containment Control OR SAMP-1, RPV and Primary Containment Flooding Control.

[T-225 4.5.14] PRO Throttle OPEN only one loop HV-51-1 F016A(B), "1A(B) AHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV" (OUTBOARD) to initiate spray AND OBSERVE raising flowrate as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL.

[T-225 4.5.15] CRS/PRO MONITOR Drywell pressure.

[T-225 4.5.16] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-1F016A(B), "1A(B) AHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV" (OUTBOARD) AND Fully CLOSE HV-51-1F024A(B),"1A(B) AHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv", (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)) AND OBTAIN flow of 9,250 to 10,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 47 of 61

,,,._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.~* Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 8min after FSSV or EO action requested for T-240 Floor Actions:

report: 46-1 F045, CRD Pump Suction Filter Bypass is OPEN, and Verify RCR019 'B' CRD Pump Discharge Check Valve 46-1 F014B CLOSED, and When requested: TOGGLE; RCR019 '1B' CRD Pump Discharge Check Valve to OPEN, and report: 46-1F014B. '18' CRD Pump Discharge Check Valve is OPEN. to MCR If asked to report CRD Pressure for T-240, while Rod Drive Flow Controller is being adjusted:

report: Give initial reading of 1300 esig 1 and additional reading of 1200 esig once Flow controller is opened. to MCR SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 48 of 61

,,,,,.,., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[T-225 4.5.17] PRO PLACE AHR Service Water Pump for AHR Heat Exchanger to be used in service per S12.1.A, AHR Service Water System Startup.

[T-225 4.5.18] PRO CLOSE HV-C-1 F048A(B), "1A(B) AHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Valve" (HEAT EXCHANGER BYPASS).

[T-101 RC/L-9] CRS/RO Recognize RPV level cannot be maintained above -161" and Enter T-111, Level Restoration/Steam Cooling.

[T-111 LR-3] RO Inhibit Auto ADS (if not already inhibited for T-117) (Critical Task)

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are from T-240, Maximizing CAD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency Conditions Direct T-240, Maximizing CAD Flow After Shutdown During Emergency CRS Conditions Dispatch EO to support T-240, Maximizing CAD Flow After Shutdown During RO Emergency Conditions

[T-240 4.1] RO Fully OPEN HV-46-1 F003, "Drive Water Pressure Control" (DRIVE WATER PRESSURE), at 1OC603 (Main Control Room).

[T-240 4.2] RO OPEN FV-C-46-1 F002A(B), "Flow Control," at 10C603 (Main Control Room) using FC-46-1 R600, "Rod Drive Flow Controller" (FL), in "MANUAL" to maximize CAD flow, while maintaining greater than 1,200 psig as indicated on Pl-46-108A(B), "CAD Pump Discharge" (252-T6-200).

[T-111 LR-6] PRO Start C & D AHR Pumps

[T-101 RC/L-7 OR T-111 LR-5] RO Start SLC Pumps SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 49 of 61

,,,,,,..., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~

,..,,.,,, Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 10 min after FSSV or EO action requested for SE-1 O Floor Actions Load All SE-10 Floor Actions with Time Delays Scenario and report: The status of individual resets as reguested OR when all resets are timed out report: All SE-1 O Floor Actions are complete to MCR At time 1O min after FSSV/ EO action requested to investigate, 011 EOG failure to auto start:

report: We have not identified an apparent cause for 011 failure to auto start. to MCR When requested to perform EOG running checks:

report: 011 started and is running SAT following remote manual start. to MCR SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 50 of 61

,..,..,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are from SE-10, LOCA.

Verify RCIC starts and injects at -38". PRO/RO Perform SE-1 O, LOCA, actions in MCR RO

[SE-10 3.1] RO PLACE the following to "CLOSE"

52-20224/CS, "0*24 Safeguard LC. 0*24-G-D MCC Bkr" (SAFEGUARDS B), on *BC661

[SE-10 3.2] RO PLACE to "RESET":

43-22322/CS, "Div. Ill Non SFGD Instr. Panel" (INST AC 201 CONTROL PNL), on *CC661

43-22422/CS, "Div. IV Non SFGD Instr. Panel" (INST AC 202 CONTROL PNL), on *DC661.

Restart CRD and SLC after LOCA signal RO Recognize 011 EOG failed to auto start on LOCA signal PRO/RO Manually start 011 EOG from control switch in MCR PRO Dispatch floor personnel to investigate failure of 011 EOG to start PRO Recognize and report 011 started (after 3 minute time delay) PRO

[SE-10 3.1] RO PLACE the following to "CLOSE"

52-20124/CS, "0*14 Safeguard LC. 0*14-G-D MCC Bkr" (SAFEGUARDS A), on *AC661.

[SE-10 4.3] CRS Maintain ECCS for injection IF Low Pressure ECCS is not required to restore RPV level, THEN ALIGN per SSV direction.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 51 of 61

_., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 52 of 61

,..._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Notify SRO when level drops below -161" RO/PRO

[T-111 LR-17] CRS When level drops to -161 ", Enter T-112.

DIRECT [T-112 EB-11] CRS Open all 5 ADS valves PERFORM [T-112 EB-11] RO/PRO Open all 5 ADS valves

[T-111 LR-18] PRO Maximize RPV injection using all available systems subsystems and alt subsystems EXCEEDING pump NPSH and vortex limits if necessary.

Restore RPV level above -161 inches. PRO Re-establish Suppression Pool spray per T-225 (Critical Task) PRO

[T-225 4.2.3] PRO IF RHR pump not running THEN start 1A(B)P202 "RHR Pump"

[T-225 4.2.4] PRO ENSURE the following valves open:

HV-51-1 F047A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Inlet Viv" (INLET)

HV-51-1 F003A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Outlet Viv" (OUTLET)

HV-C-51-1 F048A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS)

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 53 of 61

....,,.. LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 54 of 61

,__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.=:w Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[T-225 4.2.5] PRO OPEN HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) RHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)) AND OBTAIN flow of 8,000 to 8,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL.

[T-225 4.2.6] PRO OPEN HV-51-1F027A(B), "1A(B) RHR Supp Pool Spray Line PCIV" (SUPP POOL SPRAY).

[T-225 4.2.8] PRO PLACE RHR Service Water Pump for RHR Heat Exchanger to be used in service per S12.1.A, RHR Service Water System Startup.

[S12.1.A 4.1.4 or App1 1.1] PRO OPEN HV-51-*F014A(B), HEAT EXCHANGER INLET.

[S12.1.A 4.1.5 or App1 1.2] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-*F068A(B) for 18 to 20 seconds.

[S12.1.A 4.1.6(7) or App1 1.3] PRO VERIFY Pl-51-*05A-1(B), HX DISCH, indicates system static pressure greater than or equal to 15 psig.

[S12.1.A 4.1.8 orApp1 1.4] PRO IF the HI RAD AND/OR HI Pump Discharge pressure trips need to be bypassed AND the required actions of ODCM Part 1 Control 3.1.1 have been met for the INOPERABLE RHRSW Radiation Monitor, THEN PLACE HSS-12-002A(B), PUMP TRIP BYPASS, in "BYPASS."

[S12.1.A 4.2.1 orApp1 1.5] PRO IF 'A' Loop pump (OA(C)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OA-V543 OR OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.

[S12.1.A 4.1.10 orApp1 1.6] PRO IF 'B' Loop pump (OB(D)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OB-V543 OR OD-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.0R OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.

SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 55 of 61

.....- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start Simulator Operator Instructions:

No further actions required SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 56 of 61

,,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 LOCA via "1 A" Recirc, HPCI Aux Oil Pump Failure, Loss of Condensate EVENTS Failure of (three) Control Rods to scram EVENT7 011 EOG fails to auto start

[S12.1.A 4.2.2 or App1 1.7] PRO START OA(B,C,D)P506, RHRSW PUMP.

[S12.1.A 4.2.3 or App1 1.8] PRO THROTTLE HV-51-*F068A(B) to the maximum obtainable position without exceeding 11,000 gpm on Fl-51-*R602A(B) while maintaining pump disch pressure (Pl-12-001 A-1 (B)) between 75 psig to 85 psig.

[T-225 4.2.9] PRO CLOSE HV-C-51-1 F048A(B), "1A{B) AHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS).

[T-225 4.2.1 O] PRO IF more spray flow is required, THEN REDUCE flow through Full Flow Test line by throttling closed HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) AHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)).

Direct RPV Level restored to 12.5" to 54" GAS EAL CLASSIFICATION at completion of scenario SRO declares an Site Emergency (FA1) due to Threshold(s): GAS RC-3.1 Drywell pressure > 1.68 psig AND RC-3.2 Drywell pressure rise due to RCS leakage SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 57 of 61

Attachment 1 Simulator Operator Response Times

Response

Procedure Performance Time (Minutes)

T-209 Injection from the Standby Liquid Control Storage Tank with the RCIC 45 System T-212 Bypassing SQUIB Valves for SLC Injection 19 T-215 De-energization of Scram Solenoids 7 T-216 Manual Isolation and Vent of Scram Air Header 7 T-217 RPS/ARI Reset and Backup Method of Draining Scram Discharge 17 Volume T-219 Maximizing CRD Cooling Water Header Flow during ATWS Conditions 23 T-221 MSIV Isolation Bypass Procedure 11 T-225 Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray 8

Operations T-240 Maximizing CRD flow after Shutdown During Emergency Conditions 8 T-245 RPV Injection from RHR S/D Cooling 12 T-248 Injection from SLC Test Tank to RPV 15 T-251 Establish a HPCI Injection flow Path VIA Feedwater Only 6 T-270 Terminate and Prevent Injection into the RPV 7 T-290 Instrumentation Available for T-103 SAMP-2 5 S46.7.A Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System Operation Following Reactor (4.2.1) Scram (Securing CRD flow to the Reactor - Close 46-1 F060, CRD 7 Water Pressure Control Station Inlet Valve)

SE-10-1 Breaker Reset Following LOCA (Also reset ARMs, RHRSW Rad Resets and Monitor and RDCS) 10 Floor action SEG-41 SSE RevOOO. doc Page 58 of 61

Attachment 2 Communications Log CREW: _ _ __

LSEG: _ _ __

DATE:

START TIME: - - - - - STOP T I M E : - - - -

SM: _ _ _ _ __ RO: _ _ _ _ __ WCS: _ _ _ __

FSSV: _ _ _ __

CRS:

PRO:

PERSON CALL PERSON TIME BEING COMMUNICATION I REQUEST BACK CALLING CALLED TIME SEG-41SSE RevOOO.doc Page 59 of 61

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SEG-4155E RevOOO.doc Page 60 of 61

XII. CREW PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 90% power

Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:

A cell failure on the '1 A' ASD occurred the previous shift. Cell failure troubleshooting is in progress. The '1A' Speed Hold has been reset.

Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETR):

None Restrictions on Plant Operations:

Maintain 90% power until '1A' ASD troubleshooting is complete Planned Evolutions:

Perform RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY Documents Provided:

RT-6-019-310-1 REACTOR FEEDPUMP TURBINE LUBE OIL PUMP OPERABILITY

,.:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

_,,.,., Exelon Generation,, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE CODE NO: SEG-2158E REV NO: 000 AUTHOR: J. N. KOELLE APPROXIMATE 80 minutes RUNTIME:

TYPE: SIMULATOR EVALUATION EFFECTIVE DATE:

GUIDE PROGRAM: LICENSED OPERATOR TRAINING COURSE: LICENSED OPERATOR (REQUALIFICATION/INITIAL) TRAINING TITLE: Simulator Evaluation Guide for Individual and Crew Performance Prepared By: Date:

Training Instructor - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

Program (ILTor LOR) Lead - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

EP (as appropriate) - Signature Reviewed By: Date:

RE (as appropriate) - Signature Approval: Date:

OPS Manager - Signature Approved For Use: Date:

Training Manager - Signature SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 1 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Limerick 1 & 2 Scenario No.: 3 Rev _o_ Op-Test No.:_1_.

Examiners: Operators:

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at ..llL_% power with a startup in progress per GP-2. Unit 2 is at 100% power.

Turnover:

GP-2 is complete through step with the Main Generator ready for synchronization per S32.1.A. The crew is expected to synch the Main Generator and continue raising power per GP-2.

Event Malfunction Event Event No. Number Type* Description 1 N/A N-PRO Synch the Main Generator 2 N/A R-RO Continue raising power 3 MRD016D C-RO Control Rod fails stuck 113 A-3 127 H-4 C-PRO 4 '1 C' Core Spray Pump suction leak (Abnormal)

Ll-42-1 SOA TS-SRO Ll-42-1508 C-PRO 5 MED282A Loss of Div 1 DC (Abnormal)

TS-SRO 6 MRR441 C-PRO Small coolant leak in Drywell (Abnormal) 7 MRP029C C-RO RPS 'A' fails to scram (ARI successful) 8 MMS067 M Steam leak in the Drywell Downcomer break results in Suppression Pool pressure 9 MPC476 C-PRO equalizing with Drywell pressure requiring blowdown on Pressure Suppression Curve HS-51-F017D 10 C-PRO 'D' LPCI Valve handswitch fails Override

(N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (l)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 2 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,-. Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE I. PURPOSE: Systematically evaluate individual and team performance to identify areas for improvement. Critical Tasks and Assessment Items from this evaluation guide are to be used to assess crew and individual performance and as input into a 4.0 Crew Critique Process.

II. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE OBJECTIVES:

A. The following evaluation objectives apply to the Crew (C), Shift Manager (SM), Control Room Supervisor (S), Unit Reactor Operator I Plant Reactor Operator (R), or Incident Assessor I Shift Technical Advisor (A) as indicated in the following categories.

1. The general condition for each of the evaluation objectives will be "Given the plant conditions and sequence of events in the Simulator Evaluation Guide (SEG)".

2. The general acceptable evaluation objective criteria for each of the evaluation objectives will be "To perform effectively as an individual and contribute to successful crew performance in accordance with appropriate reference plant procedures and Operations Expectations, Fundamentals and Strategies".

3. Specific UNSAT evaluation objective criteria will be consistent with TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation with applicable forms and job aids.

4. During performance of this Simulator Evaluation Guide, the individuals and crew should satisfactorily demonstrate the following overall procedure and plant control objectives:

Direct and perform actions per ON-104, Control Rod Problems

Direct and perform actions per SE-4, Plant Flooding

Direct and perform actions per E-1 FA, Loss of Division 1 Safeguard 125/250 VDC Bus 1FA.

Direct and perform actions per OT-101, Drywell High Pressure

Direct and perform actions per SE-10, LOCA

Direct and perform actions per T-101, RPV Control

Direct and perform actions per T-102, Primary Containment Control

Direct and perform actions per T-103, Secondary Containment Control

Direct and perform actions per T-112, Emergency Slowdown

Direct and perform transition to Implement the Emergency Plan with accurate and timely Event Declarations and Notifications SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 3 of 61

.::' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.. - r Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Ill. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES:

A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILT or LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date IV. REVISION HISTORY:

A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database.

B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed.

C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (e.g for conversion of LSTS to LLORSEG format).

Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision RevOOO This is a modified version of scenario 3 from ILT09-1 NRC Exam 10/12/14 SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 4 of 61

.......,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE V. SCENARIO EVENT AND EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Event One: When the crew takes responsibility, the PRO will be required to synchronize the Main Generator per S32.1.A with a startup in progress.

Evaluation: To evaluate the PRO's ability to properly synchronize the Main Generator and close both output breakers.

Event Two: Once the Main Generator is online, the RO will continue raising power by withdrawing control rods.

Evaluation: To evaluate the RO's ability to properly operate RMCS and raise power with control rods.

Event Three: As the RO continues to withdraw rods, one of the control rods will fail stuck.

Evaluation: To evaluate the RO's ability to recognize the stuck rod and take actions in S73.1.A to raise drive water pressure in order to withdraw the control rod.

Event Four: Following the stuck Control Rod event, a leak will develop in the suction line for the '1C' Core Spray Pump.

Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to enter and execute SE-4, Flood and T-103, and take action to close the '1 C' Core Spray Pump suction valve to stop the leak.

The SRO will evaluate Tech Spec for the inoperable Core Spray Pump.

Event Five: After the Core Spray leak has been isolated and Tech Specs referenced, a loss of Division I DC will occur.

Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to recognize the loss of DC and enter and execute E-1 FA to place MCR HVAC in a Chlorine isolation (PRO) and call plant personnel for support. The SRO is expected to reference Tech Spec 3.8.2 for loss of DC.

SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 5 of 61

r:--,f LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

...,,,,.,.. Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE SCENARIO EVENT AND EVALUATION

SUMMARY

cont'd Event Six: After the chlorine isolation has been initiated, a small coolant leak will occur in the Drywell.

Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to enter and execute OT-101 on rising Drywell pressure. The PRO is expected to secure and isolate RWCU and the SRO should direct a GP-4 Rapid Plant Shutdown as Drywell pressure approaches the scram setpoint.

Event Seven: After the PRO has transferred house loads to the Startup Buses, the RO will perform a manual scram but 'A' RPS will fail to de-energize.

Evaluation: To evaluate the RO's ability to recognize and report the failure to scram and to initiate RRCS Division II to insert rods with ARI.

Event Eight: After the Reactor Mode Switch has been placed in Shutdown, a large steam leak will occur in the Drywell.

Evaluation: To evaluate the SRO direct actions from T-101 and T-102 to mitigate the leak and direct the PRO to spray the Suppression Pool with 'B' RHR per T-225 and then re-direct use of Drywell Spray with 'B' RHR when Suppression Pool pressure exceeds 7.5 psig and conditions are permissible for Drywell Spray. ('A' RHR will be unavailable due to loss of Div I DC.)

Event Nine: After Drywell Spray is in service, a downcomer break will occur resulting in Suppression Pool pressure rising faster and exceeding the Pressure Suppression Curve.

Evaluation: To evaluate the PRO and SRO's ability to recognize the rising Suppression Pool pressure and implement T-112 Emergency Slowdown when the safe side of the curve cannot be maintained. The PRO will open 5 ADS SRVs to blowdown the reactor to the Suppression Pool.

Event Ten: When a LOCA signal occurs on High Drywell pressure and Low Reactor Pressure, the 'D' LPCI Valve will auto open as the delta P permissive is met but the valve will fail to close from the handswitch.

Evaluation: To evaluate the PRO's ability to recognize the valve handswitch failure and to trip the 'D' LPCI Pump to prevent overfilling the RPV.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 6 of 61

,,,,,,..,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Termination Point: The scenario may be terminated when the emergency RPV depressurization has been completed and Drywell Spray is in service per T-225 with Primary Containment pressure dropping.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 7 of 61

..,.,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

....;:..;; r Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VI. REFERENCES A. Training Procedures

1. TQ-AA-150, Operator Training Programs

2. TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation

3. TQ-AA-155-F04, Simulator Evaluation Form - Individual

4. TQ-AA-155-F05, Simulator Evaluation Form - Crew

5. TQ-JA-155-03, Simulator Evaluation Job Aid

6. TQ-JA-155-05, Evaluated Scenario Grading Flowchart

7. TQ-JA-155-06, Simulator Evaluation Shift Manager Competency Standards

8. TQ-JA-155-07, Simulator Evaluation STA or IA Competency Standards

9. TQ-JA-155-08, Simulator Evaluation Individual Competency Standards

10. TQ-JA-155-09, Simulator Evaluation Crew Competency Standards

11. TQ-JA-155-11, Simulator Self Evaluation Form B. Annunciator Response Cards (ARC)

1. 113 A-3, 1A/1 C CORE SPRAY PUMP ROOM FLOOD

2. 127 H-4, REACTOR ENCL FLOOR DRAIN SUMP HI-HI WATER LEVEL

3. 120 G-1, 1 UNIT DIV 1 SFGD BATTERY CHARGERS TROUBLE

4. 120 G-2, 1DA-1 250V DC MCC UNDERVOLTAGE

5. 120 G-3, 1PPA1/1PPA3125VDC DIST PANELS UNDERVOLTAGE

6. 120 G-4, 1PPA2125VDC DC DIST PANEL UNDERVOLTAGE

7. 120 D-1, D11 TROUBLE

8. 120 D-2, D11 STANDBY AC POWER SYS OUT OF SERVICE

9. 120 E-3, DIV 1 MCC SHUNT TRIP COIL AUX CIRCUIT UNDERVOLTAGE

10. 120 E-4, DIV 1 MCC SHUNT TRIP COIL UNDERVOLTAGE

11. 120 F-5, 1A RPS & UPS DIST PNL. TROUBLE

12. 120 A-5, 1A RPS & UPS STATIC INVERTER TROUBLE

13. 002 F4 & F5, RE SFD PNLs 1OC245, 1OC243 TROUBLE

14. 002 A-1, CONTROL ROOM RADIATION ISOLATION INITIATED

15. 002 A-2, CONTROL ROOM CHLORINE ISOLATION INITIATED

16. 115 B-5, DRYWELL COOLER DRAIN FLOW HIGH

17. 115 E-5 FLOOR DRAIN LEAKAGE HI FLOW

18. 003 B-2, Unit 1&2 CONTAINMENT LEAK DETECTOR HI RADIATION

19. 112 C-5, DRYWELL EQUIPMENT DRAIN TANK/FLOOR DRAIN SUMP LEAKAGE HI FLOW

20. 107 F-2, DRYWELL HI I LO PRESS C. System Procedures (S)

1. S12.1.A, RHR Service Water System Startup.

2. S32.1.A U/1, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid

3. S76.9.A, Verification of Reactor Enclosure or Refueling Floor secondary Containment Isolation.

4. S73.1.A, Normal Operation Of The Reactor Manual Control System D. General Procedures (GP)

1. GP-4, Rapid Plant Shutdown

2. GP-2, Normal Reactor Startup E. Off Normal Procedures (ON)

1. ON-104, Control Rod Problems SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 8 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

..,,.,.., Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE F. Operating Transient Procedures (OT)

1. OT-101, High Drywell Pressure G. Event Procedures (E)

1. E-1 FA, Loss of Division 1 Safeguard 125/250 VDC Bus 1FA.

H. Special Event Procedures (SE)

1. SE-4, Plant Flood

2. SE-10, LOCA I. Surveillance Test and Routine Test Procedures (ST and RT)

1. ST-6-107-730-1, Control Rod Coupling Check.

J. Technical Specifications and TAM (TS) 1 . 3.8.2.1.c DC Sources (2 hr. LCO)

2. 3.8.3.1.b Onsite Power Distribution (8 hr. LCO)

3. 3.7.3 RCIC

4. 3.1.5 SLC

5. 3.3.4.1 RRCS/AlWS RPT Breakers

6. 3.3.3/3.5.1 ADS

7. 3.5.1 Core Spray I RHR

8. 3.7.1.2 ESW

9. 3.7.1.1 RHRSW 1O. 3.8.1.1 One Offsite Source and 011 Diesel Generator K. Transient Response Implementation Procedures (T-100 series)/SAMPs

1. T-101, RPV Control

2. T-102, Primary Containment Control

3. T-103, Secondary Containment Control

4. T-112, Emergency Slowdown L. TRIP 200 Series Procedures

1. T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation M. EP-AA-1008, Limerick, Radiological Emergency Plan Annex for Limerick Generating Station N. Administrative Procedures

1. OP-AA Procedures

a. OP-AA-1, Conduct of Operations

b. OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description

c. OP-AA-101-111-1003, Operations Department Standards and Expectations

d. OP-AA-101-113, Operations Fundamentals

e. OP-AA-101-113-1006, 4.0 Crew Critique Guidelines

f. OP-AA-106-101-1006, Operational Decision Making Process

2. OP-LG Procedures

a. OP-LG-101-111-1000, Licensed Operator Duties

b. OP-LG-102-106, Operator Response Time Program at Limerick

c. OP-LG-103-102-1000, Human Performance Continuing Good Practices

d. OP-LG-103-102-1002, Strategies for Successful Transient Mitigation

e. OP-LG-108-101-1001, Simple Quick Acts I Transient Acts

0. Current Shift Night Orders Forced Outage Plan SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 9 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__..., Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE P. INPO Significant Operating Experience Reports (SOER), Significant Event Reports (SER) and INPO Event Reports (IER)

1. IER-L 1 11-3, Weaknesses in Operator Fundamentals

2. SER 3-05, Weakness in Operator Fundamentals

3. SOER 10-02, Engaged Thinking Organizations SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 10 of 61

.::' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

--- Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VII. PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at -18% power with startup in progress

Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:

Main Generator is ready for synch per S32.1.A U/1 , Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETA):

None Restrictions on Plant Operations:

None Planned Evolutions:

Synch Main Generator

Continue withdrawing Control Rods per Reactor move sheet

Reactor Engineering has determined there are no known Channel Distorted Control Rods.

Documents Provided:

S32.1.A U/1, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid

GP-2, Normal Plant Startup SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 11 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VIII. DIRECTIONS FOR EVALUATION PREPARATION A. INITIAL PREPARATION ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete TQ-AA-155, Operator Training Programs Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist.

Complete TQ-LG-201-0113, Limerick Training Department Simulator Examination Security Actions Checklist Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist B. SIMULATOR SETUP ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist Reset Simulator to IC-129 OR Reset the simulator to IC developed for scenario AND Load scenario file SEG2158E RevOOO.scn Verify that all Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers are properly loaded OR Manually enter the Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers per the Scenario Generator Screen Shots:

Simulator Operator (Driver) perform the following:

Momentarily place simulator in RUN

Acknowledge and clear all spurious alarms

Place the simulator back into FREEZE

Provide copies of the following procedures:

S32.1.A U/1, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid

GP-2, Normal Plant Startup SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 12 of 61

_..,,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE C. MALFUNCTION/REMOTE/OVERRIDE/ANNUNCIATORS FUNCTION TIME TABLE SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 13 of 61

a=;:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.-... Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE D. EVENT TRIGGERS ASSIGNMENT

1. Timers should be used on event triggers where possible for time validation

2. Timing of event triggers may be altered by the Lead Evaluator (or designee)

3. Verify triggers are actuated automatically as designed or manually initiate the trigger when the initiating action has occurred.

4. Inform Lead Evaluator (or designee) of expected plant response prior to actuation of each trigger.

5. Trigger #1 is manually initiated at Lead Evaluator (or designee) direction after the crew assumes responsibility for operation.

TRIGGER/ MALFUNCTION I

(() TIME EVENT DESCRIPTION 1 Manual Initiates '1 C' Core Spray pump room flooding 2 Manual Initiates loss of Div 1 DC 3 Manual Initiates Small Coolant Leak in Drywell 4 Auto I ZRPS1SDN Initiates a Steam Leak in the Drywell and Downcomer Break

.liJ [vent Trigger Builder /Viewer ~J Eavorltes !,riggers Tri er I* Tri ger Text Operators:

1 Arithmetic:

2 ' Multip~cation 3 I Di..,ision 4 + Addfon 5 ZRPS1SDN

Subtraction 6

Relational:

7 8 > Greater than 9 >* Greater than Of equal 10 < Lessthan 11 <= Less than or 12 equal 13 -= Equalto 14 I* Not equal to 15 Logical:

16

&& And 17 18 II Or I Not 19 Other:

OpenParen Close Paren

!rigger Now I .Clear CJearAH 8ccept SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 14 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation" SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE E. EQUIPMENT REPORTS AND SIMULATOR INSTRUCTOR OPERATIONS

1. This table section is moved and now integrated with Assessment of Crew Performance to facilitate simulator Operator and Instructor observation of crew activities related to simulator operation and instructor intervention.

2. Scripted Activity Reports should be followed with adherence to Operations Communication standards of performance.

3. The T-200 procedure reference book should be used for familiarity of reports to aid in operator prompting and expected communications.

4. The Lead Evaluator (or designee) should be informed if any event is not reported as scripted due to lack of Operator request.

5. The Standard Equipment Operator Response Times are per Attachment 1

6. A record of communications from the MCR and to the MCR will be maintained by the Simulator Operator using Attachment 2.

7. The OCOEE Simulator Operator Station P&IDs, Floor Plans and Panels must be used by the Simulator Operator as reference information when making reports to the MCR for plant parameters which are not driven by a communications script. Examples include: ARMs, Blowout Panel status, Reactor Building Area Temperatures and Pressures, RMMS, Turbine Enclosure parameters etc.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 15 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE IX. QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES MINIMUM ACTUAL DESCRIPTION ATTRIBUTE NUMBER NUMBER (If Applicable)

TOTAL MALFUNCTIONS 5 7 See Assessment Items MALFUNCTIONS AFTER EOP 1 2 See Assessment Items ABNORMAL EVENTS 2 3 SE-4, E-1 FA, OT-101 MAJOR TRANSIENTS 1 1 LOCA EOPs USED BEYOND 2 T-102, T-103 1

PRIMARY SCRAM RESPONSE EOP CONTINGENCY 1 T-112 1

PROCEDURES USED 4 T-103.4, T-101.7, CREW CRITICAL TASKS 2 T-102.1, T-102.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.8.2.1.c, 3.8.1.1, 1 5 EXERCISED 3.5.1, 3.7.3 EOP RUN TIME 40-70% 40%

SCENARIO RUN TIME 45 Minutes 80 Min.

Enter the level of difficulty (LOO) of each scenario using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (LOO > 1 and < 5 are acceptable) 3.0 SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 16 of 61

,,,:::::' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,ll/lllllllllP' Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE X. CREW CRITICAL TASKS A. Critical Tasks are based on the current Crew Critical Task List revision, NUREG 1123 Rev 2 Supplement 1 and TQ-AA-150 requirements.

1. T-103.4 Isolate systems discharging into area KIA 295032 EA1.05 3.7/3.9 KIA 295032 EA2.03 3.8/4.0 KIA 295033 EA1.05 3.9/4.0 KIA 295033 EA2.03 3.7/4.2 KIA 295036 EA1 .02 3.5/3.6 KIA 295036 EA2.03 3.4/3.8 Standard: After it is determined that Secondary Containment temperature, radiation, or water levels cannot be restored and maintained below MNO value of Table SCC-1, systems known to be discharging into the area are isolated before MSO value of Table SCC-2 is exceeded.

SAT/UNSAT

2. T-101.7 Manually scram the reactor KIA 212000 A4.01 4.6/4.6 KIA 295015 AA1.02 4.0/4.2 Standard: When any T-101 entry condition has been exceeded, the reactor is manually scrammed. If the crew monitors the entry condition parameter and prior to the RPS setpoint exceeded, scrams the reactor, the intent of this standard is met.

SAT/UNSAT SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 17 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE

3. T-102.1 Spray the Drywell per T-225.

KIA 295024 EA1 .11 4.2/4.2 KIA 295028 EA1 .01 3.8/3.9 KIA 295028 EA1 .04 3.9/4.0 Standard: When Drywell temperature and pressure are on the SAFE side of the Drywell Spray Initiation Limit (DSIL) curve (Curve PC/P-2), spray the Drywell (using the RHRSW System) before Drywell temperature exceeds 340 °F or Drywell pressure exceeds 55 psig.

SAT/UNSAT

4. T-102.2 Perform Emergency Slowdown per T-112.

KIA 295024 EA1.08 3.9/3.9 KIA 295024 EA2.04 3.9/3.9 Standard: When Suppression Pool Pressure cannot be maintained on the SAFE side of the Pressure Suppression Pressure curve (Curve PC/P-3) and before Drywell pressure exceeds 55 psig, open 5 ADS/SRVs.

SAT/UNSAT SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 18 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE XI. ASSESSMENT OF CREW PERFORMANCE DURING CONDUCT OF THE DYNAMIC SIMULATOR EVALUATIONS:

A. Conduct the Simulator Evaluation Session per TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation, Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist B. Assessment of Crew and Individual performance shall be consistent with OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description C. Where possible record the time and position responsible for performance of each task or assessment item D. Items not performed as expected SHALL be discussed in the post performance crew critique E. During the performance of the evaluation, the Simulator Evaluators shall MAINTAIN notes of observations and information consistent with the timeline F. Assessment items with the CO symbol indicate a time critical standard for performance G. Assessment items with the~ symbol indicate a Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PAA) association with the task H. The Simulator Operator will respond with scripted or proceduralized responses when requested by the MCA operators with Procedure completion times requested per Attachment 1 I. The Simulator Operator will also maintain a timeline and record of all reports and requests issued by the MCA personnel with response provided by the simulator operator using Attachment 2 J. Shaded items do not require assessment for ILT Evaluations. The CRS may be requested to complete the Shift ED forms and determine the EAL classification at the completion of the scenario.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 19 of 61

.:::' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond as directed for floor support.

When requested to ensure all personnel clear of Main Transformers and Generator Output Breakers:

report: All 12ersonnel are clear of Main Transformers and Generator Out12ut Breakers.

to MGR SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 20 of 61

'--' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

..=:w Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed from GP-2, Normal Plant Startup, and S32.1.A, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid.

[GP-2 3.4.31]

SYNCHRONIZE Main Generator to Grid per S32.1.A, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid.

[S32.1.A 4.2]

Enter load set of 103% on digital EHC

[S32.1.A 4.3]

NOTIFY TSO prior to synchronization

[S32.1.A 4.4]

ENSURE SYNCH SPEED selected at 10C653 DEHC HMI

[S32.1.A 4.5]

ENSURE 43-G 103C/S, "TRANSFER" in "MANUAL"

[832.1.A 4.6]

ENSURE manual voltage control is at low limit

[S32.1.A 4.7/8]

PLACE 41-G102/CS, "FIELD BKR", in "CLOSED" and check confirming indications of breaker closed

[S32.1.A 4.9 - 4.13]

ADJUST 70-G 103/CS, "MANUAL" to obtain generator terminal voltage of 20KV on V/G101

[S32.1.A 4.14]

CONFIRM generator frequency is 60 Hz as indicated on F/G 1O1

[S32.1.A 4.15]

Slowly ADJUST 70-G103C/S, "MANUAL" to obtain generator terminal voltage of 22KV

[S32.1.A 4.17]

Null Automatic and Manual voltage regulators, with voltage regulator left in AUTO position and set at Zero (0).

[S32.1.A 4.18 - 19]

PLACE 43-G103/CS "TRANSFER" in "AUTO" and confirm red indicating light lit above switch 43-G 103C/S

[S32.1.A 4.20]

ENSURE "SYNC CK RELAY SEL" switch in "NORMAL"

[S32.1.A 4.21]

PLACE Synch switch on for 535 OR 635 breaker SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 21 of 61

-=' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

--- Exelon Generation., SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond as directed for floor support.

When requested to ensure all personnel clear of Main Transformers and Generator Output Breakers:

report: All 12ersonnel are clear of Main Transformers and Generator Out12ut Breakers.

to MCR If requested to remove lso-Phase Heaters from service:

report: lso Phase heaters will be removed as directed S34.1. A 1 Normal 012eration of lso-Phase Bus Cooling System to MCR If requested to perform S10.7.C, Service Water Flow Adjustments report: S10.7.C 1 Service Water Flow Adjustments will be 12erformed to MCR SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 22 of 61

-=:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION Allllllll!IW Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator

[S32.1.A 4.22]

CONFIRM S/UAS, "SYSTEM" rotating with synchronizing lights flashing AND V/1-UAS, "INCOMMING," energized

[S32.1.A 4.23]

ADJUST 90P-G103, "AUTO" to set V/1-UAS, "INCOMMING" to 0 to 3 volts higher than V/R-UAS, "RUNNING"

[S32.1.A 4.24]

ENSURE S/UAS, "SYSTEM", is rotating slowly in the FAST (clockwise) direction using 90-G101A, "INCREASE LOAD" or 90-G101B, "DECREASE LOAD"

[S32.1.A 4.25]

PERFORM the following to synchronize the generator:

ENSURE personnel clear of main transformers AND generator output breakers

WHEN S/UAS "SYSTEM", is approximately 3 degrees before vertical, CLOSE selected output breaker

CONFIRM generator output breaker closed .

CONFIRM S/UAS, "SYSTEM" stops in vertical position

ENSURE all Turbine Bypass Valves are closed

[S32.1.A 4.26]

TURN Generator synch switch to "OFF" for generator breaker closed in

[S32.1.A 4.27]

PLACE Synchronization switch to "ON" for other generator uutput breaker

[S32.1.A 4.28]

VERIFY Generator is synchronized to grid

[S32.1.A 4.30]

ADJUST Load Set to 10% higher than reactor power

[S32.1.A 4.31]

VERIFY associated ring bus breakers are closed

[S32.1.A 4.32]

PLACE "SYNCH CK RELAY SEL" switch in "BYPASS"

[S32.1.A 4.33]

CLOSE second Generator Output Breaker

[S32.1.A 4.34]

PLACE "SYNCH CK RELAY SEL" switch in "NORMAL" SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 23 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

......... Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond as directed for floor support.

If requested to remove lso-Phase Heaters from service:

report: lso Phase heaters will be removed as directed S34.1. A 1 Normal 012eration of lso-Phase Bus Cooling System to MCA If requested to perform S10.7.C, Service Water Flow Adjustments report: S10.7.C 1 Service Water Flow Adjustments will be 12erformed to MCA SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 24 of 61

,-=:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 1 Synchronize Main Generator

[S32.1.A 4.35]

PLACE Generator synch switch to "OFF" for generator breaker closed in

[S32.1.A 4.36]

PERFORM the following at 10C653, DEHC HMI, LOAD CONTROL display:

ENTER LOAD TARGET value of 105%

SELECT FAST 10%/MIN in TURBINE LOAD RAMP RATES window

SELECT GO in TURBINE LOAD CONTROL

VERIFY LOAD SET increasing

VERIFY LOAD SET and TARGET are at 105%

[S32.1.A 4.37]

NOTIFY TSO and Portfolio Operations Generation Dispatcher that Main Generator Voltage Regulator is in "AUTO" SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 25 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

..-,.. Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT2 Raise Reactor Power with Control Rods Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond as requested for floor support.

Following synchronizing the generator to the grid, the crew will raise reactor power by withdrawing control rods. As control rod 14-23 is selected and withdrawal attempt made, the RO will determine the control rod is stuck.

SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 26 of 61

-=:-' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT2 Raise Reactor Power with Control Rods EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed in S73.1.A, Normal Operation Of The Reactor Manual Control System, for each Control Rod withdrawn.

NOTE: Control Rod movement requires a PEER CHECK prior to Control Rod movement.

Withdraw control rods IAW Control Rod move sheet and S73.1.A, Normal RO Operation Of The Reactor Manual Control System

[S73.1.A 4.3.1] RO REVIEW Attachment 1 AND VERIFY the control rod to be withdrawn is not channel distortion susceptible

[S73.1.A 4.3.2] RO ENSURE drive water pressure is 255 to 265 psid, as indicated on PDl-046-1R602

[S73.1 .A 4.3.3] RO SELECT next in-sequence Control Rods per rod withdraw sheet

[S73.1.A 4.3.4] RO VERIFY correct rod position on Four-Rod-Display

[S73.1.A 4.3.7] RO Simultaneously DEPRESS WITHDRAWAL AND CONTINUOUS WITHDRAWAL pushbuttons.

[S73.1.A 4.3.8] RO VERIFY proper RDCS light sequence.

INSERT light lit and then extinguishes 0.6 sec .

WITHDRAWAL and CONTINUOUS WITHDRAWAL lights lit

[S73.1.A 4.3.11] RO VERIFY SETTLE light lit and extinguishes 6.1 sec

[S73.1 .A 4.3.13] RO VERIFY control rod withdrawn to target position at Four Rod Display

[S73.1.A 4.3.14] RO IF control rod is positioned to notch position 48, THEN PERFORM an overtravel check per ST-6-107-730-1 , Control Rod Coupling Check Select next control rod in sequence RO SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 27 of 61

..=:" LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,_., Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT3 Stuck Control Rod Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

When requested for Reactor Engineering support: Provide assistance as necessary. If asked control rod 14-23 triple notch withdrawal is acceptable.

When requested for l&C support provide assistance as necessary.

When reactor operator makes several attempts to withdraw control rod 14-23, as directed by 873.1.A, step 4.4.4: AND at evaluators request:

DELETE MRD016D Control Rod 14-23 fails stuck allowing control rod movement.

SEG-2158£ RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 28 of 61

,__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT3 Stuck Control Rod EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed per $73.1.A, Normal Operation Of The Reactor Manual Control System, for each Control Rod withdrawn, and if required, ON-104, Control Rod Problems.

EVALUATOR: As reactor operator makes several attempts to withdraw control rod 14-23, as directed by S73.1.A, step 4.4.4: NOTIFY simulator driver to:

DELETE Control Rod 14-23 stuck malfunction allowing control rod movement.

NOTE: Control Rod movement requires a PEER CHECK prior to Control Rod movement.

Recognize/report inability to withdraw control rod 14-23 RO NOTIFY CRS that a control rod 14-23 failed to move on a withdraw command RO CRS references Tech Spec 3.1.3.1 for Inoperable Control Rod. CRS CRS directs PRO to attempt rod withdraw IAW S73.1.A, Normal Operation Of CRS The Reactor Manual Control System section 4.4

[S73.1.A 4.4.1]

VERIFY no rod block exists

[S73.1.A 4.4.3] RO IF control rod is at notch position 00, depress and hold INSERT pushbutton for - 2 minutes

[S73.1.A 4.4.4] RO ATTEMPT several single notch withdrawals using WITHDRAW pushbutton EVALUATORS NOTE: If control rod remains stuck and cannot be withdrawn per 873.1.A, Reactor Engineering will be contacted to determine if triple notching the control rod will violate thermal power or any thermal Limit.

SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 29 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,,_,.,.. Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 '1 C' Core Spray Pump Suction Leak Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Manually actuate Trigger # _g_ when directed by Lead Evaluator to activate alarms for Core Spray Pump Room flooding.

When directed to investigate "1 C" Core Spray Pump room flooding alarm, after 4 minutes report: "There were no indications of leakage around the outside of the pump room door so I cracked opened the door and there is approximately 3" of water on the floor. There is an active leak at the pump suction between the suction valve and the pump."

When the crew contacts the Radwaste Control room, report that both Unit 1 Reactor Enclosure Sump Pumps are running.

If requested for a leakage rate, report that leakage is approximately 1 gpm.

After the crew has taken action to close the Core Spray Pump suction valve, report that the leak appears to have stopped and level in the room is lowering.

After the crew has isolated the leak, after 5 minutes, delete annuncatior 113 A-3. After an additional 5 minutes delete annunciator 127 H-4.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 30 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,,,,,.,,.,.,. Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 '1 C' Core Spray Pump Suction Leak Respond to alarm: RO/PRO

113 A-3, CORE SPRAY PUMP ROOM FLOOD Dispatch EO/FSSV to '1 C' Core Spray Pump room and notify EO to check for PRO indications of leakage around the Pump Room door before attempting to crack open the door Enter SE-4 following report of active leak in the room SRO Enter T-103 following report of active leak in the room SRO Establish Suppression Pool level as critical parameter SRO Monitor Suppression Pool level PRO Determine Suppression Pool level is lowering slowly PRO Direct performance of T-290 SRO Respond to alarm: PRO

127 H-4, REACTOR ENCLOSURE FLOOR DRAIN SUMP HI-HI WATER LEVEL Contact Radwaste Control Room to verify operation of U1 Reactor Enclosure PRO Sump Pumps Re-enter T-103 SRO Direct closing HV-52-1 F001 C Suction Valve to isolate leak SRO Place HV-52-1 F001 C keyswitch to CLOSE (Critical Task) PRO Reference Tech Spec 3.5.1 CRS SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 31 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Manually actuate Trigger # i when directed by Lead Evaluator to insert loss of DIV 1 DC.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

At time 5min after FSSV or EO action requested to investigate loss of DIV 1 DC:

report: A fault has occurred in the main fuse panel to MCR At time 5 min after FSSV or EO action requested to investigate Steam Flooding Damper Panels 1OC234 and 1OC245 on loss of DIV 1 DC:

report: Half of the dampers indicate loss of 12ower but no steam flooding dampers indicate closed (red lights} to MCR SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 32 of 61

.:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

....,.,,,,. Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

Reference appropriate ARCs:

120 G-1, 1 UNIT DIV 1 SFGD BATTERY CHARGERS TROUBLE

120 G-2, 1DA-1 250V DC MCC UNDERVOLTAGE

120 G-3, 1PPA1/1PPA3125VDC DIST PANELS UNDERVOLTAGE

120 G-4, 1PPA2 125VDC DC DIST PANEL UNDERVOLTAGE

120 D-1, 011 TROUBLE

120 D-2, 011 STANDBY AC POWER SYS OUT OF SERVICE

120 E-3, DIV 1 MCC SHUNT TRIP COIL AUX CIRCUIT UNDERVOLTAGE

120 E-4, DIV 1 MCC SHUNT TRIP COIL UNDERVOLTAGE

120 F-5, 1A RPS & UPS DIST PNL. TROUBLE

120 A-5, 1A RPS & UPS STATIC INVERTER TROUBLE

002 F-4 & F-5, RE SFD PNLs 1OC245, 1OC243 TROUBLE

002 A-1, CONTROL ROOM RADIATION ISOLATION INITIATED

002 A-2, CONTROL ROOM CHLORINE ISOLATION INITIATED Recognize/report loss of Div 1 DC RO/PRO Enter and execute E-1 FA, Loss of Division 1 Safeguard 125/250 VDC Bus CRS 1FA EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed in E-1 FA, Loss of Division 1 Safeguard 125/250 VDC Bus 1FA.

[E-1FA 1.1.3] CRS/PRO Recognize RCIC and DIV 1 ADS unavailable upon loss of DC

[E-1FA 2.2] PRO VERIFY RE/RF isolations per S76.9.A, Verification of Reactor Enclosure or Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Isolation Verify SBGT and RERS fan start and maintain Secondary Containment due PRO to Reactor Enclosure and Refueling Floor Secondary Containment Isolation

[E-1FA 2.3] PRO REFER to S94.2.B, By-passing and Removing the *ARPS and UPS Static Inverter form Service, and remove 1A RPS/UPS Inverter from service

[E-1 FA 3.3] PRO Dispatch floor personnel to Steam Flooding Damper panels 1OC234 and 10C245

[E-1 FA 3.4]

Dispatch appropriate personnel to investigate loss of Div 1 DC

[E-1 FA 3.5] CRS CONSIDER using DIV 3 ADS from AER SEG-2158£ RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 33 of 61

,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 34 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

...,,,,,, Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

[E-1FA 2.1] CRS Direct to Manually INITIATE MCR Chlorine Isolation per S78.8.A Refer to E-1 FA Attachment 1 for Confirming Indication Annunciators for loss CRS/PRO of DIV 1 DC Initiate Chlorine Isolation per S78.8.A PRO EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed in 878.8.A, Manual Initiation of Control Room Radiation or Chlorine/Toxic Chemical Isolation. (section 4.4)

Initiate a manual MCR Chlorine Isolation per S78.8.A, (section 4.4) PRO (Malfunction - Div 1 DC):

- Ensure HS-78-010A in AUTO

- Ensure HS-78-0108 in STANDBY

- Place HS-78-017C in RESET C

- Place HS-78-017A in RESET A

- Place HSS-78-017C, TRIP C to "Cl2"

- Place HSS-78-017A, TRIP A to "Cl2"

- Place HS-78-017C in AUTO

- Place HS-78-017A in AUTO

- Depress and Release HSS-78-017C, TRIP C

- Depress and Release HSS-78-017A, TRIP A

- Record CREFAS Run time in log

- Ensure CHLOR ISLN Channel A, Camber lights are lit

- Verify CONTROL ROOM CHLORINE ISOLATION INITIATED annunciator is alarmed at 002 VENT A-2

- Verify CONTROL ROOM ISOLATION NOT COMPLETE annunciator is not alarmed at 002 VENT A-3, after 25 seconds

- Ensure OA-V127 Emergency Air Fan A is running

- Ensure OA-V116, Control Room Air Supply Fan is running

- Ensure OA-V121, Control Room Air Return Fan is running

- Verify PDl-78-054, Control Room Air Inside/Outside ~PX, is O inches water, after allowing time for positive pressure to decay SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 35 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,._..., Exelon Generation . SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 36 of 61

':' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

....,,,,, Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed in S78.8.A, Manual Initiation of Control Room Radiation or Chlorine/Toxic Chemical Isolation. (section 4.5)

Initiate a manual MCA Chlorine isolation per S78.8.A (section 4.5) PRO

- Place HS-78-017D in RESET D

- Place HS-78-0178 in RESET 8

- Place HSS-78-017D, TRIP D to "Cl2"

- Place HSS-78-0178, TRIP B to "Cl2"

- Place HS-78-017D in AUTO

- Place HS-78-0178 in AUTO

- Depress and Release HSS-78-017D, TRIP D

- Depress and Release HSS-78-0178, TRIP 8

- Record CREFAS Run time in log

- Ensure CHLOR ISLN Channel 8, D amber lights are lit

- Verify CONTROL ROOM CHLORINE ISOLATION INITIATED annunciator is alarmed at 002 VENT A-2

- Ensure 08-V127 Emergency Air Fan A is running

- Ensure OA-V116, Control Room Air Supply Fan is running

- Ensure OA-V121, Control Room Air Return Fan is running

- Verify PDl-78-054, Control Room Air Inside/Outside flPX, is O inches water, after allowing time for positive pressure to decay CRS briefs crew on impact of loss of DIV 1DC including inability to remotely CRS or automatically start:

'1A' AHR

'1 A' Core Spray

'1A' ADS

RCIC

'OA' ESW

'OA' RHRSW

D 11 Diesel Generator Dispatches EO or Floor Supervisor to investigate loss of DC bus PRO/RO Crew contacts l&C for support Crew contacts WWM for support SRO references Tech Spec due to loss of DIV 1 DC SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 37 of 61

.:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,,_,..., Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 38 of 61

,..,._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Loss of Div I DC (Abnormal)

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following Tech Specs will be referenced as directed by E-1DA, due to loss of DIV 1 DC depending on time allotted:

Reference the following Tech Specs due to loss of DIV 1 DC: CRS

3.8.2.1.c DC Sources (2 hr. LCO)

3.8.3.1.b Onsite Power Distribution (8 hr. LCO)

3.7.3 RCIC

3.1.5 SLC

3.3.4.1 RRCS/ATWS RPT Breakers

3.3.3/3.5.1 ADS

3.5.1 Core Spray I RHR

3.7.1.2 ESW

3.7.1.1 RHRSW

3.8.1.1 One Offsite Source and D11 Diesel Generator SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 39 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION Jl/1'fllllllllF Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 6 Drywell Leak EVENT 7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Manually actuate Trigger # -1_ when directed by Lead Evaluator to initiate coolant leak in the Drywall.

Ensure Trigger # _5_ automatically actuates to initiate LOCA, when the RMS is placed in SHUTDOWN.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

If requested to perform steps of S44.2.A, Reactor Water Cleanup Shutdown, perform sections of procedure as requested.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 40 of 61

......., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation . SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Reference appropriate ARCs: RO/PRO

115 B-5, DRYWELL COOLER DRAIN FLOW HIGH

115 E-5, FLOOR DRAIN LEAKAGE HI FLOW

003 B-2, Unit 1&2 CONTAINMENT LEAK DETECTOR HI RADIATION

112 C-5, DRYWELL EQUIPMENT DRAIN TANK/FLOOR DRAIN SUMP LEAKAGE HI FLOW

107 F-2, DRYWELL HI I LO PRESS Check D/W Cooler Drain flow Fl-87-120 at 10C624 panel for high flow. PRO Proceed as directed by ARC using S61.0.A to panel OOC424 to identify PRO leakage (time permitting)

Crew recognizes/reports rising Drywell pressure Crew CRS enters OT-101 CRS EVALUATOR NOTE: The following steps are directed by OT-101, High Drywell Pressure.

CRS establishes Drywell pressure as Critical Parameter CRS CRS establishes Drywell pressure to perform manual scram CRS CRS directs OT-101, High Drywall Pressure Attachment. 4 CRS

[OT-101, Att. 4] PRO PRO secures and isolates RWCU (time permitting)

SECURE operating RWCU pumo(s)

ENSURE the following valves closed:

HV-C-044-1 F003

HV-44-1 F001, INBD

HV-44-1 F004, OUTBD

HV-44-1 F100, BOTTOM HEAD DRAIN

HV-44-1F105, INLET FLOW

[OT-101, Att. 4] PRO IF RWCU removed from service, perform S44.2.A. (time permitting)

[OT-101, Att. 4] PRO ENSURE Main Steam Line drains closed

[OT-101, Att. 4] CRS/RO Crew recognizes that Drywell pressure continues to rise following RWCU isolation CRS directs GP-4 Rapid Plant Shutdown CRS SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 41 of 61

w::-:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 42 of 61

"":"":' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed by GP-4, Rapid Plant shutdown to Hot Shutdown, T-101, RPV Control and T-102, Primary Containment Control.

[GP-4 3.1] PRO TRANSFER house loads to startup buses per S91.6.B.

[GP-4 3.2] RO REDUCE Rx Recirculation system pump speed to minimum

[GP-4 3.3] RO WHEN core flow reduces to nominal 60% THEN immediately SCRAM Rx AND ENTER T-100, Scram Recovery OR T-101, RPV Control CRS enters T-101 and T-102 on Hi Drywall Pressure CRS

[T-101 RC-4] RO Place Mode Switch in SHUTDOWN RO reports to crew failure of 'A' RPS to de-energize RO

[T-101 RC-5] RO Initiate ARCS (Critical Task)

Report control rod motion and all rods inserted RO Report downscales on all APRMs RO

[T-101 RC-6] RO Insert SRM's and IRM's

[T-101 RQ-2] CRS/PRO Ensure Turbine trip and Generator Lockout

[T-101 RC/L-4]

Restore and maintain RPV level between + 12.5 inches and +54 inches

[T-101 RC/P-4] RO Stabilize RPV pressure below 1096 psig When Drywell temperature exceeds 145 °f, re-enter T-102 RO

[T-102 DW/T-5] CRS Maximize Drywall Cooling bypassing isolations per GP-8 as necessary When Drywall temperature exceeds 145 °f, verify DWCW Head Tank level, PRO then bypass isolations and maximize Drywall cooling Secure Recirculation Pumps running without cooling PRO SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 43 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 44 of 61

.:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,-.. Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break

[T-101 RC-5] PRO Verify isolations on RPV level <+ 12.5"

[T-101 RC-5] PRO Verify isolations on 1.68 psig Drywell pressure Verify HPCI System initiation on 1.68 psig Drywell pressure PRO If not required for core cooling, minimize RCIC/HPCI System injection flow RO/PRO

[T-102 PC/P-5] CRS DIRECT Before Supp Pool pressure reaches 7.5 psig Spray the Suppression Pool per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation

[T-1 02 PC/P-5] PRO PERFORM Before Supp Pool pressure reaches 7.5 psig Spray the Suppression Pool per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation EVALUATOR NOTE: The following steps are performed as directed by T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation.

NOTE: Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent 1AP202 "RHR Pump" and 0 0A" RHRSW from being placed in service. The crew will perform all RHR functions on the "B" Loop RHR Systems.

[T-225 4.2.3] PRO IF RHR pump not running THEN start 1A(B}P202 "RHR Pump"

[T-225 4.2.4] PRO ENSURE the following valves open:

HV-51-1 F047A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Inlet Viv" (INLET)

HV-51-1 F003A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Outlet Viv" (OUTLET}

HV-C-51-1F048A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS)

[T-225 4.2.5) PRO OPEN HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) RHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)) AND OBTAIN flow of 8,000 to 8,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 45 of 61

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,,,.._ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 46 of 61

.:::::' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation . SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break

[T-225 4.2.6] PRO OPEN HV-51-1F027A(B), "1A(B) RHR Supp Pool Spray Line PCIV" (SUPP POOL SPRAY)

[T-225 4.2.8] PRO PLACE RHR Service Water Pump for RHR Heat Exchanger to be used in service per S12.1.A, RHR Service Water System Startup EVALUATOR NOTE: The following steps are performed as directed by S12.1.A, RHR Service Water System Startup.

NOTE: Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent 1AP202 "RHR Pump" and "OA" RHRSW from being placed in service. The crew will perform all RHR functions on the "B" Loop RHR/RHRSW Systems.

[S12.1.A 4.1.4 or App1 1.1] PRO OPEN HV-51-*F014A(B), HEAT EXCHANGER INLET

[S12.1.A 4.1.5 or App1 1.2] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-*F068A(B) for 18 to 20 seconds

[S12.1.A 4.1.6(7) or App1 1.3] PRO VERIFY Pl-51-*05A-1(B), HX DISCH, indicates system static pressure greater than or equal to 15 psig

[S12.1.A 4.1.8 or App1 1.4] PRO IF the HI RAD AND/OR HI Pump Discharge pressure trips need to be bypassed AND the required actions of OOCM Part 1 Control 3.1.1 have been met for the INOPERABLE RHRSW Radiation Monitor, THEN PLACE HSS-12-002A(B), PUMP TRIP BYPASS, in "BYPASS"

[S12.1.A 4.1.10 or App1 1.6] PRO IF 'B' Loop pump (OB(O)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OB-V543 OR OO-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.0R OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681

[S12.1.A 4.2.2 or App1 1.7] PRO START OA(B,C,O)P506, RHRSW PUMP

[S12.1.A 4.2.3 or App1 1.8] PRO THROTTLE HV-51-*F068A(B) to the maximum obtainable position without exceeding 11,000 gpm on Fl-51-*R602A(B) while maintaining pump disch pressure (Pl-12-001 A-1 (B)) between 75 psig to 85 psig

[T-102 OW T-5] CRS/PRO Maximize OW cooling bypassing isol per GP-8 as necessary SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 47 of 61

.:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

.f/l(ll/fll/lll Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request for assistance as appropriate.

SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 48 of 61

.,.,..,., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break

[T-225 4.2.9] PRO CLOSE HV-C-51-1F048A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv" (HEAT EXCH BYPASS)

[T-225 4.2.1 O] PRO IF more spray flow is required, THEN REDUCE flow through Full Flow Test line by throttling closed HV-51-1 F024A(B), "1A(B) RHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B))

Recognize Suppression Pool pressure rising at faster rate and determine Crew possible downcommer break

[T-102 PC/P-9] CRS Recognize SAFE side of the Pressure Suppression Pressure (PSP) curve (Curve PC/P-3) cannot be maintained

[T-102 PC/P-12] CRS WHEN (or BEFORE) UNSAFE side of the Pressure Suppression Pressure (PSP) curve (Curve PC/P-3) cannot be maintained, enter T-112 EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are directed from T-112. Emergency Slowdown.

NOTE: Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent using DIV 1 ADS. The crew will utilize DIV 3 ADS from the MCRorAER.

[T-112 EB-11] CRS DIRECT Open all 5 ADS valves using (DIV 3 ADS)

[T-112 EB-11] RO/PRO PERFORM Open all 5 ADS valves using DIV 3 ADS (Critical Task)

EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps. to spray the Drywall, are directed from T-102, and performed from T-225. The crew will re-align '1 B' AHR from Suppression Pool Spray to Drywall Spray. : Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent 1AP202 "RHR Pump" and "OA" RHRSW from being used.

[T-102 PC/P-9] CRS DIRECT to Spray the Drywell per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation

[T-1 02 PC/P-9] PRO PERFORMS Spray the Drywell per T-225, Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray Operation

[T-225 4.5.1] PRO ENSURE HV-51-1 F004A(B), "1A{B) RHR Pump Suction PCIV" (SUCTION A(B)), open SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 49 of 61

.-=' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

...,,,,,, Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions:

Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger.

Respond to request tor assistance as appropriate.

SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 50 of 61

......,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break

[T-225 4.5.2) RO/PRO ENSURE the following valves closed:

HV-51-1F006A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Pp S/D Clg Suet lntertie Viv (SUCTION A(B
HV-51-1F015A(B}, "1A(B} Shutdown Clg Injection PCIV" (OUTBOARD A(B}}
HV-51-1F016A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV

(OUTBOARD A(B}}

HV-51-1 F017A(B}, "1A(B} RHR LPCI lnj PCIV" (OUTBOARD A(B}}

[T-225 4.5.3) PRO IF RHR pump not running THEN START 1A(B}P202 "RHR Pump" [T-225 4.5.4) PRO ENSURE the following valves open:

HV-51-1F047A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Htx Shell Side Inlet Viv (INLET}
HV-51-1F003A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Htx Shell Side Outlet Viv (OUTLET}
HV-C-51-1 F048A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Viv (HEAT EXCH BYPASS}

[T-225 4.5.5) PRO TRIP Reactor Recirc Pumps [T-225 4.5.6) PRO REMOVE Drywall Cooling Fans from service by placing all 16 Drywall Cooler Fan switches to "OFF" [T-225 4.5.7) PRO IF Drywall High Pressure AND LOCA signals are present, THEN GO TO step 4.5.11 [T-225 4.5.11] PRO OPEN HV-51-1 F024A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv" (SUPP POOL CLG A(B}}, AND OBTAIN flow of 9,250 to 10,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B}, FL [T-225 4.5.12) PRO OPEN only one loop HV-51-1 F021A(B}, "1A(B} RHR Cntmt Spray Line Inboard PCIV" (INBOARD} [T-225 4.5.13) PRO REQUEST SSV verify drywall temperature AND drywall pressure are on SAFE side of Drywall Spray Initiation Limit Curve per T-102, Primary Containment Control OR SAMP-1, RPV and Primary Containment Flooding Control SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 51 of 61

.:'                                LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__.,., Exelon Generation" SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions: Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger. Respond to request for assistance as appropriate. At time 10 minutes Load all SE-10 Floor Actions with time delays scenario, after Crew requests SE-10 Shunt Trip Resets for DIV 1,3 and 4 loads and report: The status of individual resets as reguested or when all resets are timed out or report: "All SE-10 Floor Actions are com12lete" SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 52 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break [T-225 4.5.14] PRO Throttle OPEN only one loop HV-51-1F016A(B), "1A(B) RHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV" (OUTBOARD) to initiate spray AND OBSERVE raising flowrate as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL. [T-225 4.5.15] Crew MONITOR Drywell pressure. [T-225 4.5.16] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-1F016A(B), "1A(B) RHR Cntmt Spray Line Outboard PCIV" (OUTBOARD) AND Fully CLOSE HV-51-1 F024A(B),"1A(B) RHR Pp Full Flow Test Return Viv, (SUPP POOL CLG A(B)) AND OBTAIN flow of 9,250 to 10,500 gpm as indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A(B), FL (Critical Task) [T-225 4.5.17] PRO PLACE RHR Service Water Pump for RHR Heat Exchanger to be used in service per S12.1.A, RHR Service Water System Startup. [T-225 4.5.18] PRO CLOSE HV-C-1 F048A(B), "1A(B) RHR Htx Shell Side Bypass Valve" (HEAT EXCHANGER BYPASS). EVALUATORS NOTE: The following steps are from SE-10, LOCA. NOTE: Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent closing the 52-20124/CS, "D*14 Safeguard LC. D*14-G-D MCC Bkr" (SAFEGUARDS A), on *AC661 Recognize LOCA signal when RPV pressure drops below 455 psig Crew Enter SE-10, LOCA Crew Perform SE-10, LOCA, actions in MCR RO/PRO Direct performance of SE-1 O Floor Actions RO/PRO [SE-10 3.1] RO PLACE the following to "CLOSE"

52-20224/CS, "D*24 Safeguard LC. D*24-G-D MCC Bkr" (SAFEGUARDS B), on *BC661.

NOTE: Failure of DIV 1 DC will prevent closing the 52-20124/CS, "D*14 Safeguard LC. D*14-G-D MCC Bkr" (SAFEGUARDS A), on *AC661 SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 53 of 61

,-=:' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break Simulator Operator Instructions: Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger. Respond to request for assistance as appropriate. SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 54 of 61

   ,,..,,,                            LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,,,,_,,,.."' Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS Drywell Leak EVENT7 RPS Failure EVENTS 8-9 Steam Leak in Drywell/Downcomer Break [SE-10 3.2] PLACE to "RESET":

43-22322/CS, "Div. Ill Non SFGD Instr. Panel" (INST AC 201 CONTROL PNL), on *CC661
43-22422/CS, "Div. IV Non SFGD Instr. Panel" (INST AC 202 CONTROL PNL), on *DC661 Restart CRD and SLC after LOCA signal (if required)

[SE-10 4.3] Maintain ECCS for injection IF Low Pressure ECCS is not required to restore RPV level, THEN ALIGN per SSV direction SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 55 of 61

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EAL CLASSIFICATION at completion of scenario The SRO declares an ALERT (FA1) due to Threshold: CRS RC-3.1 Drywell Pressure >1.68 psig OR RC-3.2 Drywell Pressure rise due to RCS leakage SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 56 of 61

.:=::'                           LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

__.,;' Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION Rough Log maintained by the crew with the following items noted:

Synchronize Main Generator to grid
Raise reactor power
Control Rod 14-23 fails stuck

        *  "1 C" Core Spray Pump suction leak Crew
        *  "1 C" Core Spray Pump inop, Tech Spec 3.5.1

Loss of Division 1 DC, E-1 FA entry (Tech Spec 3.8.2)
ECCS systems OOS due to loss of DIV 1 DC
Drywall leak, OT-101 entry
T-101 and T-102 entries on Drywall pressure
SE-10, LOCA
Downcommer break
T-112 Entry SEG-215BE RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 57 of 61

Attachment 1 Simulator Operator Response Times

Response

Procedure Performance Time (Minutes) T-209 Injection from the Standby Liquid Control Storage Tank with the RCIC 45 System T-212 Bypassing SQUIB Valves for SLC Injection 19 T-215 De-energization of Scram Solenoids 7 T-216 Manual Isolation and Vent of Scram Air Header 7 T-217 RPS/ARI Reset and Backup Method of Draining Scram Discharge 17 Volume T-219 Maximizing CRD Cooling Water Header Flow during ATWS Conditions 23 T-221 MSIV Isolation Bypass Procedure 11 T-225 Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray 8 Operations T-240 Maximizing CRD flow after Shutdown During Emergency Conditions 8 T-245 RPV Injection from RHR S/D Cooling 12 T-248 Injection from SLC Test Tank to RPV 15 T-251 Establish a HPCI Injection flow Path VIA Feedwater Only 6 T-270 Terminate and Prevent Injection into the RPV 7 T-290 Instrumentation Available for T-103 SAMP-2 5 S46.7.A Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System Operation Following Reactor (4.2.1) Scram (Securing CRD flow to the Reactor - Close 46-1 F060, CRD 7 Water Pressure Control Station Inlet Valve) SE-10-1 Breaker Reset Following LOCA (Also reset ARMs, RHRSW Rad Resets and Monitor and RDCS) 10 Floor action SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc Page 58 of 61

Attachment 2 Communications Log CREW: _ _ __ LSEG: _ _ __ DATE: START TIME: - - - - - STOP T I M E : - - - - SM: _ _ _ _ __ RO: _ _ _ __ WCS: _ _ _ __ CRS: _ _ _ __ PRO: _ _ _ __ FSSV: _ _ _ _ __ PERSON CALL PERSON TIME BEING COMMUNICATION I REQUEST BACK CALLING CALLED TIME SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc Page 59 of 61

This page Intentionally left blank SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc Page 60 of 61

XII. CREW PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 18% power with STARTUP in progress
Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:
Main Generator is ready for synch per S32.1.A U/1, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETR):
None Restrictions on Plant Operations:
None Planned Evolutions:
Synch Main Generator to the Grid.
Continue withdrawing Control Rods per Reactor move sheet.
Reactor Engineering has determined there are no known Channel Distorted Control Rods.

Documents Provided:

S32.1.A U/1, Synchronizing Main Generator To Grid
GP-2, Normal Plant Startup SEG-2158E RevOOO.doc Page 61 of 61

,..._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE CODE NO: SEG-6215E REV NO: 000 AUTHOR: L. S. STANFORD APPROXIMATE 70 minutes RUNTIME: TYPE: SIMULATOR EVALUATION EFFECTIVE DATE: GUIDE PROGRAM: LICENSED OPERATOR TRAINING COURSE: LICENSED OPERATOR (REQUALIFICATION/INITIAL) TRAINING TITLE: Simulator Evaluation Guide for Individual and Crew Performance Prepared By: Date: Training Instructor - Signature Reviewed By: Date: Program (IL Tor LOR) Lead - Signature Reviewed By: Date: EP (as appropriate) - Signature Reviewed By: Date: RE (as appropriate) - Signature Approval: Date: OPS Manager - Signature Approved For Use: Date: Training Manager - Signature SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 1 of 45

,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 Facility: Limerick 1 & 2 Scenario No.: 4 Rev _o_ Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: Operators: Initial Conditions: Unit 1 is at J!§_% power for rod recovery following control rod maintenance. Turnover: The crew is expected to withdraw the 2 maintenance rods per the ReMA and restore power to 100% with Recirc flow. Event Malfunction Event Event No. Number Type* Description 1 N/A R-RO Withdraw control rods and restore power to 100% C-RO 2 MPR011B RBM 'B' fails upscale TS-SRO 3 VIM116A01 C-PRO '1 A' EHC Pump vibrations MRE001A MRE311A C-PRO 4 Refuel Floor isolates with failure of SGTS MRE311B TS-SRO MRE311C MAD141E C-PRO 5 1E SRV fails open mechanically C-RO MRD556 6 M Hydraulic ATWS with SLC Line rupture MSL559 7 MRD024 C-RO RDCS fails MMT100 C-RO Turbine High Vibration requiring manual trip/Bypass Valves 8 MEH108 C-PRO fail closed

*         (N)ormal,         (R)eactivity,      (l)nstrument,        (C)omponent,         (M)ajor SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc                            SRRS: 30.126                               Page 2 of 45

,,,,_,                             LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~,, Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE I. PURPOSE: Systematically evaluate individual and team performance to identify areas for improvement. Critical Tasks and Assessment Items from this evaluation guide are to be used to assess crew and individual performance and as input into a 4.0 Crew Critique Process. II. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE OBJECTIVES: A. The following evaluation objectives apply to the Crew (C), Shift Manager (SM), Control Room Supervisor (S), Unit Reactor Operator I Plant Reactor Operator (R), or Incident Assessor I Shift Technical Advisor (A) as indicated in the following categories.

1. The general condition for each of the evaluation objectives will be "Given the plant conditions and sequence of events in the Simulator Evaluation Guide (SEG)".

2. The general acceptable evaluation objective criteria for each of the evaluation objectives will be "To perform effectively as an individual and contribute to successful crew performance in accordance with appropriate reference plant procedures and Operations Expectations, Fundamentals and Strategies".

3. Specific UNSAT evaluation objective criteria will be consistent with TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation with applicable forms and job aids.

4. During performance of this Simulator Evaluation Guide, the individuals and crew should satisfactorily demonstrate the following overall procedure and plant control objectives:

Direct and perform actions per ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment
Direct and perform actions per OT-114, Inadvertent Opening of a Relief Valve
Direct and perform actions per SE-10, LOCA
Direct and perform actions per T-101, RPV Control
Direct and perform actions per T-102, Primary Containment Control
Direct and perform actions per T-117, ATWS Level Control SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 3 of 45

,,,,,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Ill. RECORD OF TEMPORARY CHANGES: A. Approval of Pen & Ink Changes will be by the ILT or LORT Lead Instructor with OTM concurrence B. All Pen & Ink Changes are to be tracked in ILTor LOR Program Action Tracking for Next Revision C. All Pen & Ink Changes shall be in accordance with TQ-AA-223 Temp Date of Purpose of Change LORT Action Revision Change# Change Approval Tracking Date IV. REVISION HISTORY: A. If a Revision affects a Task Performance from VISION Terminal Performance Objectives then the revision must also be made in the VISION database. B. The description of the Revision should adequately indicate how the training content of the Revision has changed. C. The description of the Revision should also include previous format reference and number and previous template used (e.g for conversion of LSTS to LLORSEG format). Revision Date of Description of Revision and Affect on Training Content Number Revision RevOOO This is a modified version of scenario 3 from the 2005 NRG Exam 10/12/14 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 4 of 45

,....... Exelon Generation; LIMERICK GENERATING STATION SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE V. SCENARIO EVENT AND EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Event One: When the crew takes responsibility, the RO will be directed to withdraw control rods per the provided ReMA and restore power to 100% with Recirc flow. Evaluation: To evaluate the RO's ability to operate RMCS to withdraw control rods and raise Recirc flow using ASD controls. Event Two: When the 2nd control rod is selected, the '1 B' RBM will fail upscale and generate a rod block. Evaluation: To evaluate the RO's ability to recognize the RBM failure and rod block. The SRO will direct the RO to bypass the RBM after referencing Tech Specs. After the RBM is bypassed, the RO will continue withdrawing the control rod. Event Three: Once both maintenance rods have been withdrawn and Reactor power has been restored to 100% with Recirc, the '1A' EHC Pump will experience high vibrations. Evaluation: To evaluate the PRO's ability to recognize rising vibrations using Vibration Monitoring. The SRO is expected to direct the PRO to place the '1 B' EHC Pump in service and secure the '1A' Pump. Event Four: After the '1 B' EHC Pump is in service, a loss of Refuel Floor ventilation will occur resulting in a Secondary Containment isolation, however, Standby Gas Treatment will fail to auto start to restore delta P on the Refueling floor. Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to recognize failure of Standby Gas to start on a valid initiation signal and enter ON-111 for loss of Secondary Containment and manually start the '1 B' Standby Gas fan. The SRO will reference Tech Specs and determine that both Standby Gas fans are inoperable and stop fuel handling activities on the Refuel Floor. Event Five: After Standby Gas has been placed in service, the '1 E' SRV will fail open mechanically. Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to enter and execute OT-114 for the stuck open SRV and place 2 loops of Suppression Pool Cooling in service and reduce Turbine Inlet pressure in an attempt to close the SRV. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 5 of 45

  ....,,                           LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,...:..: Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE Event Six: The SRV will remain open after Turbine Inlet pressure has been lowered requiring a rapid plant shutdown. When the RO attempts to scram the reactor, a hydraulic ATWS will occur with 175 control rods failing to scram. Complicating the event, the SLC injection line will rupture in the Drywell. Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to enter and execute T-101 and T-117 and direct performance of T-217 to insert control rods. The RO will also secure the SLC pumps after recognizing low discharge pressure. Event Seven: The RO will manually insert rods until reactor power reaches 20% when Rod Drive Control will fail. Evaluation: To evaluate RO's ability to diagnose RDCS failure and direct floor personnel to reset. Event Eight: After Reactor level has been lowered to less than -50", the SRV will close but the Main Turbine will experience vibrations which will eventually result in a trip. Complicating the event will be a failure of the Turbine Bypass Valves. Evaluation: To evaluate the crew's ability to control reactor pressure with SRV's after the Main Turbine trips and to terminate and prevent injection into the vessel per T-270 when Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 11 O °F. The RO will control RPV level with Feedwater between -161" and -186" until T-217 has been completed to insert the control rods. Termination Point: The scenario may be terminated when all rods have been inserted and RPV level has been stabilized above top of active fuel. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 6 of 45

'--' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VI. REFERENCES A. Training Procedures

1. TQ-AA-150, Operator Training Programs

2. TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation

3. TQ-AA-155-F04, Simulator Evaluation Form - Individual

4. TQ-AA-155-F05, Simulator Evaluation Form - Crew

5. TQ-JA-155-03, Simulator Evaluation Job Aid

6. TQ-JA-155-05, Evaluated Scenario Grading Flowchart

7. TQ-JA-155-06, Simulator Evaluation Shift Manager Competency Standards

8. TQ-JA-155-07, Simulator Evaluation STA or IA Competency Standards

9. TQ-JA-155-08, Simulator Evaluation Individual Competency Standards

10. TQ-JA-155-09, Simulator Evaluation Crew Competency Standards

11. TQ-JA-155-11, Simulator Self Evaluation Form B. Annunciator Response Cards (ARC)

1. 108 D-3, RBM UPSCALE/I NOP

2. 108 F-3, ROD OUT BLOCK

3. 1071-2, VIBRATION ALARM ALERT

4. 1071-3, VIBRATION ALARM DANGER

5. 110 B-2, OPEN RELIEF VALVE

6. 002 F-2, REFUELING FLOOR LOW DELTA PLOSS OF POWER I INOP

7. 0041-2, REAC ENCL I REFUELING FLOOR HVAC PANEL 10C206

8. 108 E-4, RDCS INOPERATIVE C. System Procedures (S)

1. S31.6.C, Swapping Operating EHC Pumps D. General Procedures (GP)

1. GP-4, Rapid Plant Shutdown E. Off Normal Procedures (ON)

1. ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment F. Operating Transient Procedures (OT)

1. OT-114, Inadvertent Opening of a Relief Valve G. Event Procedures (E)

H. Special Event Procedures (SE)

1. SE-10, LOCA I. Surveillance Test and Routine Test Procedures (ST and RT)

J. Technical Specifications and TRM (TS)

1. 3.1.4.3

2. 3.3.6

3. 3.6.5.3.5

4. 3.0.3 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 7 of 45

......,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE K. Transient Response Implementation Procedures (T-100 series)/SAMPs

1. T-101, RPV Control

2. T-102, Primary Containment Control

3. T-117, ATWS Level Control L. TRIP 200 Series Procedures

1. T-217, RPS/ARI Reset And Backup Method Of Draining Scram Discharge Volume

2. T-251, Establish a HPCI Injection Flow Path via Feedwater Only

3. T-270, Terminate And Prevent Injection Into the RPV M. EP-AA-1008, Limerick, Radiological Emergency Plan Annex for Limerick Generating Station SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 8 of 45

,,,,,_,                            LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE N. Administrative Procedures

1. OP-AA Procedures

a. OP-AA-1, Conduct of Operations

b. OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description

c. OP-AA-101-111-1003, Operations Department Standards and Expectations

d. OP-AA-101-113, Operations Fundamentals

e. OP-AA-101-113-1006, 4.0 Crew Critique Guidelines

f. OP-AA-106-101-1006, Operational Decision Making Process

2. OP-LG Procedures

a. OP-LG-101-111-1000, Licensed Operator Duties

b. OP-LG-102-106, Operator Response Time Program at Limerick

c. OP-LG-103-102-1000, Human Performance Continuing Good Practices

d. OP-LG-103-102-1002, Strategies for Successful Transient Mitigation

e. OP-LG-108-101-1001, Simple Quick Acts I Transient Acts

0. Current Shift Night Orders Forced Outage Plan P. INPO Significant Operating Experience Reports (SOER), Significant Event Reports (SER) and INPO Event Reports (IER)

1. IER-L 1 11-3, Weaknesses in Operator Fundamentals

2. SER 3-05, Weakness in Operator Fundamentals

3. SOER 10-02, Engaged Thinking Organizations SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 9 of 45

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ,...... . Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VII. PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 95% power
Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:
Power is lowered for maintenance rod recovery
Refuel floor personnel are loading spent fuel into shipping casks Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETR):
None Restrictions on Plant Operations:
None Planned Evolutions:
Withdraw 2 rods inserted for maintenance per ReMA
Raise power to 100% with Recirc per GP-5, Att. 1 per RE direction Documents Provided:
ReMA SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 10 of 45

.....,., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE VIII. DIRECTIONS FOR EVALUATION PREPARATION A. INITIAL PREPARATION

       ..,                          ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete TQ-AA-155, Operator Training Programs Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist.

Complete TQ-LG-201-0113, Limerick Training Department Simulator Examination Security Actions Checklist Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist B. SIMULATOR SETUP ITEM I MALFUNCTION I REMOTE FUNCTIONS Complete Limerick Simulator Pre-Evaluation Checklist Reset Simulator to IC- 129 OR Reset the simulator to IC-17 AND Load scenario file SEG-621 SE RevOOO.scn Verify that all Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers are properly loaded OR Manually enter the Malfunctions, Remotes, Overrides, Annunciators and Triggers per the Scenario Generator Screen Shots AND Fully insert control rods 02-23 and 54-23. Simulator Operator (Driver) perform the following:

Momentarily place simulator in RUN
Acknowledge and clear all spurious alarms
Place the simulator back into FREEZE SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 11 of 45

......- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ ~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE C. MALFUNCTION/REMOTE/OVERRIDE/ANNUNCIATORS FUNCTION TIME TABLE Maffunction Summaty**** MPR217B ABM Channel B Fait. to Selected Value MAE312A 1A Refuel Flool Ellhaust Fan Trips False MRE312B 18 Refuel Flool Ellhaust Fan Trips False MAE312C 1C AefuelFloo!EMhaust Fan Tr;p. False 1A EHC FluidPump ... VI-AS Prob& 11&t.01 Fait. 0.50

00:10:00 2 Relief Valv& (F013E) Foib (Foib Open: Mechaniciill .. Fal*e 00:00.40 4 ControlRodsFailtoSciam 1-185 auficLOck) o.ixf 2 R.o.d Drive Conbol S)l<lem FaiMe False Tiue 00:00.50 5 Maw, ruroin. High Vibration BMings No. and 6 False True .OO:oci:30 6 TurbineB Valve* Fail to Selected Value 0*100% -4.63736 0.00 00:02:00 7 r Timer Pause DeleteAll j r Timer PallSll Pending SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 12 of 45

.,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE D. EVENT TRIGGERS ASSIGNMENT

1. Timers should be used on event triggers where possible for time validation

2. Timing of event triggers may be altered by the Lead Evaluator (or designee)

3. Verify triggers are actuated automatically as designed or manually initiate the trigger when the initiating action has occurred.

4. Inform Lead Evaluator (or designee) of expected plant response prior to actuation of each trigger.

5. Trigger #1 is manually initiated at Lead Evaluator (or designee) direction after the crew assumes responsibility for operation.

co TRIGGER/ TIME MALFUNCTION I EVENT DESCRIPTION 1 Auto I ZDIB1 [2121] Initiates 'B' ABM failure when rod 54-23 is selected 2 Manual Initiates 1A EHC Pump vibration 3 Manual Initiates Refuel Floor HVAC trip with failure of SGTS to auto start 4 Manual Initiates 1E SRV fails open mechanically 5 Auto /NMAPRMFX(1 )<20 APRM 1 < 20% initiates RDCS failure 6 Auto I RRLWX43A<-50 Wide Range Level <-50" initiates Turbine vibration 7 Manual Activated after Turbine Trip to initiate BPV failure

               .liJ Event Trigger Builder I Viewer                                                                                ~

Eavorltes Irlggers Tri erU Tri er Text Operators: 1 ,ZDIB1(2121] Arithmetic:

~-:

Multiplication 3 I Division 4 + Addaion 5 nmaprmfx(1 ]< 20
Subtraction 6 rrlfx43a< *50 Aelational:

7 8

                                                                                                                 >  Greater than
                                                                                                               >.. Greater than 9                                                                                           or equal 10                                                                                         < Less than 11                                                                                       <* Less than or 12                                                                                           equal 13                                                                                      =* Equalto 14                                                                                       != Not equal to 15                                                                                   Logical:

16

                                                                                                              && And 17 II Or 18
                                                                                                                ! Not 19 Other:

OpenParen l Close Paren

                   !rigger Now   I               J;;lear                  CjearAll            8ccept l                    El!it SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc                                            SRRS: 30.126                                      Page 13 of 45

     ,__,                                      LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,lllll/llllllr'ilf' Exelon Generation,, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE E. EQUIPMENT REPORTS AND SIMULATOR INSTRUCTOR OPERATIONS

1. This table section is moved and now integrated with Assessment of Crew Performance to facilitate simulator Operator and Instructor observation of crew activities related to simulator operation and instructor intervention.

2. Scripted Activity Reports should be followed with adherence to Operations Communication standards of performance.

3. The T-200 procedure reference book should be used for familiarity of reports to aid in operator prompting and expected communications.

4. The Lead Evaluator (or designee) should be informed if any event is not reported as scripted due to lack of Operator request.

5. The Standard Equipment Operator Response Times are per Attachment 1.

6. A record of communications from the MCR and to the MCR will be maintained by the Simulator Operator using Attachment 2.

7. The OCOEE Simulator Operator Station P&IDs, Floor Plans and Panels must be used by the Simulator Operator as reference information when making reports to the MCR for plant parameters which are not driven by a communications script. Examples include: ARMs, Blowout Panel status, Reactor Building Area Temperatures and Pressures, RMMS, Turbine Enclosure parameters etc.

SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 14 of 45

.,,,.,,.,, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE IX. QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES QUANTITATIVE ATTRIBUTES MINIMUM ACTUAL DESCRIPTION ATTRIBUTE NUMBER NUMBER (If Applicable) TOTAL MALFUNCTIONS 5 6 See Assessment Items MALFUNCTIONS AFTER EOP 1 2 See Assessment Items ABNORMAL EVENTS 2 2 ON-111, OT-114 MAJOR TRANSIENTS 1 1 ATWS EOPs USED BEYOND 1 2 T-101, T-102 PRIMARY SCRAM RESPONSE EOP CONTINGENCY 1 1 T-117 PROCEDURES USED T-117.1, T-117.7, T-CREW CRITICAL TASKS 2 4 117.8, T-101.4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 3.1.4.3, 3.3.6, 1 4 EXERCISED 3.6.5.3.5, 3.0.3 EOP RUN TIME 40-70% 40% SCENARIO RUN TIME 45 Minutes 70Min. Enter the level of difficulty (LOO) of each scenario using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (LOO > 1 and < 5 are acceptable) 3.0 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 15 of 45

......, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation.; SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE X. CREW CRITICAL TASKS A. Critical Tasks are based on the current Crew Critical Task List revision, NUREG 1123 Rev 2 Supplement 1 and TQ-AA-150 requirements. T-117.1 Inhibit automatic ADS. KIA 295037 EA2.06 4.0/4.1 KIA 218000 A4.04 4.1/4.1 Standard: Prevent automatic initiation of ADS. SAT/UNSAT T-117.7 Terminate and prevent injection into the RPV per T-270. KIA 295037 EK1.02 4.1/4.3 KIA 295037 EK3.03 4.1/4.5 KIA 295037 EA2.02 4.1/4.2 Standard: RPV level below -50" by Terminating and Preventing injection into the vessel per T-270. SAT/UNSAT T-117.8 Maintain RPV level between -186 inches and the level to which it was intentionally lowered. KIA 295037 EA2.01 4.2/4.3 KIA 295037 EA2.02 4.1/4.2 Standard: RPV level maintained between -186 inches and -161 inches after initially raising RPV level into the required band. Any deviations from the RPV level band DO NOT require and Emergency Slowdown per T-117. SAT/UNSAT SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 3D.126 Page 16 of 45

.....- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE T-101.4 Implement T-217 to insert control rods. KIA 295037 EA 1.05 3.9/4.0 KIA 295037 EA2.05 4.2/4.3 Standard: Direct the performance of T-217 to operations personnel located outside the control room. SAT/UNSAT SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 17 of 45

,..-W:%W LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE XI. ASSESSMENT OF CREW PERFORMANCE DURING CONDUCT OF THE DYNAMIC SIMULATOR EVALUATIONS: A. Conduct the Simulator Evaluation Session per TQ-AA-155, Conduct of Simulator Training and Evaluation, Attachment 02, Evaluated Scenario Administration Checklist B. Assessment of Crew and Individual performance shall be consistent with OP-AA-20, Conduct of Operations Process Description C. Where possible record the time and position responsible for performance of each task or assessment item D. Items not performed as expected SHALL be discussed in the post performance crew critique E. During the performance of the evaluation, the Simulator Evaluators shall MAINTAIN notes of observations and information consistent with the timeline F. Assessment items with the CO symbol indicate a time critical standard for performance G. Assessment items with the~ symbol indicate a Probabilistic Risk Assessment (PAA) association with the task H. The Simulator Operator will respond with scripted or proceduralized responses when requested by the MCA operators with Procedure completion times requested per Attachment 1 I. The Simulator Operator will also maintain a timeline and record of all reports and requests issued by the MCA personnel with response provided by the simulator operator using Attachment 2 J. Shaded items do not require assessment for ILT Evaluations. The CRS may be requested to complete the Shift ED forms and determine the EAL classification at the completion of the scenario. SEG-621 SE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 18 of 45

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 19 of 45

.~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I RBM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE Simulator Operator Instructions: Ensure Trigger #_1 activates when control rod 54-23 is selected to initiate 'B' ABM failure. Respond as directed for floor support. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 20 of 45

~-

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ,......... Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I RBM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE Directs RO and PRO to raise reactor power via control rod withdrawal SRO Evaluator Note: Scenario will proceed to next event, 1B RBM lnop failure, after the second rod is selected Applicant acquires S73.1.A, Normal Operation of RMCS, section 4.3 RO Establish 48 as target position for control rods Evaluator Note: If notch position 48 is the target position, then it is acceptable to hold CONTINUOUS WITHDRAW until position 48 is displayed (Step 4.3.1) Applicant reviews Attachment 1, and determines that no rods are RO channel distortion susceptible (Step 4.3.2) Applicant verifies drive water pressure is 255 to 265 psid, as indicated on PDl-46-1 R602, "Drive Water Differential Pressure Indicator." (Step 4.3.3) Selects the control rod to be withdrawn at 1OC603, "Reactor Control Console." (Step 4.3.4) Verifies correct rod position is indicated on the Four Rod Display (Step 4.3.5) Applicant verbally informs peer checker of target position (48) and obtains peer checker concurrence (Step 4.3.6) Applicant verbally informs peer checker of notch position that the WITHDRAW and CONTINOUS WITHDRAW push buttons will be released (48) and obtains peer checker concurrence (Step 4.3.7) Applicant simultaneously depresses WITHDRAW and CONTINUOUS WITHDRAW pushbuttons at 10C603 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SAAS: 30.126 Page 21 of 45

,__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I RBM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE Simulator Operator Instructions: Respond as directed for floor support. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 22 of 45

.--                                LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~- ~* Exelon Generation., SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I RBM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE NOTE RO WHEN WITHDRAW AND CONTINUOUS WITHDRAW pushbuttons are depressed, THEN the proper RDCS light sequence is:

2. INSERT light Lit AND THEN extinguishes after approximately 0.6 seconds.

3. WITHDRAW AND CONTINUOUS WITHDRAW lights it.

(Step 4.3.8) Applicant verifies proper RDCS light sequence, and releases WITHDRAW and CONTINUOUS WITHDRAW pushbuttons when control rod reaches position 48. Evaluator Note: Applicant is expected to observe APRMs for proper NI response and monitor RBM indicated levels and rod position indication change to ensure proper rod motion. Applicant may receive an RBM rod block due to local power change around withdrawing control rod. If this happens, applicant will communicate to SRO, and deselect/reselect the desired control rod to re-initialize the RBM and continue with control rod withdrawal (Step 4.3.11) Applicant verifies SETTLE light lit and then extinguishes after RO approximately 6.1 seconds (Step 4.3.13) Applicant verifies that the control rod has been withdrawn to target notch position (48) at Four Rod Display (Step 4.3.14) If control rod is positioned to notch position 48, then perform an overtravel check per ST-6-107-730-1, Control Rod Coupling Check (ST-6-107-730-1, Step 4.3.2) When a control rod is withdrawn to FULL OUT RO position, the notch withdraw or continuous withdraw selected rod at panel 10C603 (Step 4.3.3) Applicant verifies the following:

       -ROD OVERTRAVEL annunciator remains clear at panel 108 REACTOR
       -Individual rod selected indicates 48 on Four Rod Display (ROD HEIGHT) at panel 1OC603
       -Individual rod selected RED out light is lit at the Full Core Display at panel 10C649 (Step 4.3.4) Applicant documents successful completion of coupling check for selected control rod Evaluator Note: The above steps will be repeated for subsequent rods until RBM lnop failure begins Event 2 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc                           SRRS: 3D.126                             Page 23 of 45

.,,.,.., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation~ SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I ABM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE Simulator Operator Instructions: Respond as directed for floor support. SEG-6215£ RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 24 of 45

~' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENTITEMSANDTASKPERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS 1-2 WITHDRAW CONTROL RODS I RBM 'B' FAILS UPSCALE Reports ARC-MCR-108 D-3 ABM UPSCALE/INOP alarm, and ARC-MCR-108 RO F-3 ROD OUT BLOCK. Refers to the alarm response and verifies the indications on 1OC653 and ODAs RO Based on control room indications, reports INOP trip of 1B ABM RO (ARC-MRC-108 D-3 Step 5) If the ABM is INOP, THEN perform the following: RO

a. Determine IF the affected ABM can be bypassed (using the BYPASS joystick) per Tech Spec 3.1.4.3 AND 3.3.6

b. If ABM can be BYPASSED, then BYPASS the affected ABM AND contact l&C for troubleshooting Consults Tech Specs 3.1.4.3 and 3.3.6, notes no required actions due to power SRO

       >90% and MCPR > 1.40 Declares 1B ABM Inoperable and recognizes the failed ABM should be              SRO bypassed.

Briefs crew on plant status and directs bypassing 1B ABM SRO May contact RE to obtain concurrence to continue with rod withdrawal with ABM bypassed and direct ATC to continue rod withdrawal Evaluator Note: Once 1B RBM has been bypassed and Tech Specs referenced (or at discretion of chief examiner, control rod withdrawn), proceed to next event, Hotwell Level Controller Failure Places BLOCK CH BYPASS joystick down to B position RO Verifies ARC-MCR-108 D-3 ABM UPSCALE/INOPERATIVE alarm, and ARC- RO MCR-108 F-3 ROD OUT BLOCK alarms clear. Report 1B ABM bypassed to SRO Contacts WWM to investigate failure of 1B ABM CREW SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 25 of 45

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~* Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT3 'A' EHC PUMP VIBRATIONS Simulator Operator Instructions: Activate Trigger#..£ to initiate '1 A' EHC Pump vibrations when directed by Lead Evaluator. When dispatched to investigate '1 A' EHC Pump, after 3 minutes report "'1 A' EHC Pump is vibrating severely." 3 minutes after being directed to isolate PDl-31-101 B for oncoming '1 B' EHC Pump (step 4.3 of 831.6.C), report that step 4.3 is complete and that '1 B' EHC Pump is ready for start. If requested to verify oil pressure and no abnormal noise on '1 B' EHC Pump (831.6.C step 4.6) after 3 minutes report "EHC pressure is normal and '1 B' EHC Pump is running SAT." 3 minutes after being directed to return PDl-31-1018 to service for oncoming '18' EHC Pump (step 4.8 of 831.6.C), report that step 4.8 is complete. IMPORTANT DRIVER NOTE: When '1A' EHC Pump has been secured, delete malfunction VIM116A01 to remove vibrations. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 26 of 45

 ,,,_,                             LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~;:*" Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT3 'A' EHC PUMP VIBRATIONS Reference ARCs: PRO

107REACTOR1-2, VIBRATION ALARM ALERT
107REACTOR1-3, VIBRATION ALARM DANGER Acknowledge alarm at MCR vibration terminal and monitor VMS for indication PRO of equipment being monitored Recognize/report rising vibration on '1A' EHC Pump PRO Direct start of '1 B' EHC Pump and removal of '1 A' EHC Pump from service as SRO directed by ARC with vibration greater than 8 mils Obtain copy of S31.6.C, Swapping Operating EHC Pumps PRO

[S31.6.C 4.3] PRO Direct EO to perform step 4.3 of S31.6.C to isolate PDl-31-101 B [S31.6.C 4.5] PRO Place '1 B' EHC Pump control switch to START [S31.6.C 4.6] PRO Direct EO to verify EHC pressure on local indicator and no abnormal noise or vibration on '1 B' EHC Pump per S31.6.C step 4.6 [S31.6.C 4.7] PRO WHEN on-coming pump has been running for 3 minutes AND EHC operation is stable THEN place '1 A' EHC Pump control switch to STOP (Evaluator note: Crew may elect to secure '1A' EHC Pump prior to 3 minutes to prevent pump damage due to high vibrations after determining that '1 B' EHC Pump is operating properly.) [S31.6.C 4.8] PRO Direct EO to perform step 4.8 of S31.6.C to return PDl-31-101 B to service [S31.6.C 4.9] PRO Verify "EHC System Standby Pump Running" and "EHC System Standby Pump Not in Auto" alarms clear on 105 MAIN TURB [S31.6.C 4.1 O] PRO Direct EO to perform S31.9.A, Routine Inspection of EHC system Contact WWM to investigate '1A' EHC Pump vibration CREW SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 27 of 45

__, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 REFUEL FLOOR ISOLATION WITH FAILURE OF SGTS Simulator Operator Instructions: Activate Trigger# _g_ to initiate trip of Refuel Floor HVAC when directed by Lead Evaluator. When dispatched to investigate 1OC206 panel trouble, after 3 minutes report that all Unit 1 Refuel Floor Supply and Exhaust Fans have tripped. IMPORTANT DRIVER NOTE: The handswitch for the "B" Standby Gas Fan is overridden OFF. When the candidate places the handswitch to RUN, delete the fan handswitch override to allow the "B" Standby Gas Fan to start. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 28 of 45

,..._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 REFUEL FLOOR ISOLATION WITH FAILURE OF SGTS Reference ARCs: PRO

002 F-2, REFUELING FLOOR LOW DELTA PLOSS OF POWER I INOP
0041-2, REAC ENCL I REFUELING FLOOR HVAC PANEL 10C206 Recognize/report lowering Refuel Floor Delta P (positive) PRO Dispatch EO to 1OC206 panel to investigate PRO Reference ARCs: PRO
004 E-3, A REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED
004 H-3, B REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED Verify isolations per S76.9.A and GP-8 PRO Identify Secondary Containment isolation present using PMS SRO S76.9.A Section 4.3 PRO 4.3.1 Verify Channel A AND B Channel Refuel Floor Secondary Containment Isolation signals are initiated by assuring the following annunciators have alarmed:

1. A REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED

2. B REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL INITIATED

3. IF Channel A OR Channel B did not alarm THEN initiate manual initiation per S76.8.B (N/A) 4.3.2 Verify Channel A AND Channel B Refuel Floor HVAC Isolation valves have repositioned by assuring following annunciators have not alarmed:

1. A REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL NOT COMPLETE

2. B REFUELING FLOOR ISOLATION SIGNAL NOT COMPLETE 4.3.3 IF either alarm specified in 4.3.2 is received ... (N/A) 4.3.4 ENSURE both SGTS Fans are running at OOC681 Recognize/report 'A' SGTS Fan trip and 'B' SGTS Fan to auto start PRO Enter ON-111, Loss of Secondary Containment SRO Direct manual start of 'B' SGTS to restore Refuel Floor Secondary Cont. SRO Place 'B' SGTS Fan handswitch in RUN (Malfunction) PRO Monitor Refuel Floor Delta P to ensure SGTS is drawing down Refuel Floor PRO Report start of 'B' SGTS Fan PRO Dispatch EO to investigate trip of 'A' SGTS and failure of 'B' SGTS to start PRO Reference Tech Spec 3.6.5.3.5 and determine that with both SGTS Fans SRO inop, Tech Spec 3.0.3 applies Tech Spec 3.0.3, take action within 1 hour to be in Hot Shutdown within 6 hrs SRO SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 29 of 45

,,,_,                          LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

~v Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT4 REFUEL FLOOR ISOLATION WITH FAILURE OF SGTS Simulator Operator Instructions: Respond as appropriate for plant support. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 30 of 45

~* LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT4 REFUEL FLOOR ISOLATION WITH FAILURE OF SGTS Direct Floor Personnel to suspend fuel handling activities per ON-111 and SRO Tech Spec 3.6.5.3 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 31 of 45

~ LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENT 5 OPEN SRV Simulator Operator Instructions: Respond as appropriate for support. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 32 of 45

.-- LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ . Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENT 5 OPEN SRV Reference ARC-MCR-110 B-2, OPEN RELIEF VALVE PRO Recognize/report '1 E' SRV open PRO/RO Verify SRV open (Steam/Feed flow mismatch, Supp. Pool temp rise, etc) PRO/RO Enter OT-114 SRO [OT-114 Immediate Operator Action] PRO Place 2 loops of Suppression Pool Cooling in service per S51.8.A, App. 1 START selected RHR Service Water Pump loop per S12.1.A, RHR Service PRO Water System Startup [S12.1.A 4.1.4 or App1 1.1] PRO OPEN HV-51-*F014A(B), HEAT EXCHANGER INLET [S12.1.A 4.1.5 or App1 1.2] PRO Throttle OPEN HV-51-*F068A(B) for 18 to 20 seconds [S12.1.A 4.1.6(7) or App1 1.3] PRO VERIFY Pl-51-*05A-1{B), HX DISCH, indicates system static pressure greater than or equal to 15 psig [S12.1.A 4.1.8 orApp1 1.4] PRO IF the HI RAD AND/OR HI Pump Discharge pressure trips need to be bypassed AND the required actions of ODCM Part 1 Control 3.1.1 have been met for the INOPERABLE RHRSW Radiation Monitor, THEN PLACE HSS-12-002A(B), PUMP TRIP BYPASS, in "BYPASS" [S12.1.A 4.1.10 orApp1 1.6] PRO IF 'B' Loop pump (OB(D)-P506) is to be placed in service, THEN ENSURE OB-V543 OR OD-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681.0R OC-V543, Spray Pond Pump Room Fans, in "RUN" at OOC681 [S12.1.A 4.2.2 orApp1 1.7] PRO START OA(B,C,D)P506, RHRSW PUMP [S12.1.A 4.2.3 orApp1 1.8] PRO THROTTLE HV-51-*F068A(B) to the maximum obtainable position without exceeding 11,000 gpm on Fl-51-*R602A(B) while maintaining pump disch pressure (Pl-12-001 A-1 (B)) between 75 psig to 85 psig [S51.8.A App. 1 step 1.4] PRO Start 1A(B)P202, RHR Pump (PUMP) [S51.8.A App. 1 step 1.5] PRO OPEN HV-51-1 F024A(B) "RHR Pump Full Flow Test Return" (SUPP POOL CLG), AND maintain flow indicated on Fl-51-1 R603A{B), "RHR Loop Flow" between 8000 to 8500 gpm [S51.8.A App. 1 step 1.6] PRO CLOSE HV-C-51-1F048A(B}, HEAT EXCH BYPASS SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 33 of 45

~1

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ,....... Exelon Generation,. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS OPEN SRV Simulator Operator Instructions: When directed to pull fuses for the '1 E' SRV, after 6 minutes toggle remote function RAD208 to "OUT' and report that fuses have been pulled for '1 E' SRV. Respond as appropriate for support. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 34 of 45

...._, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ . Exelon Generation; SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION EVENTS OPEN SRV Direct performance of OT-114, Att. 1 SRO [OT-114, Att. 1 step 1] PRO Dispatch EO to attempt SRV closure by pulling fuses for the appropriate SRV using Att. 2 [OT-114, Att. 1 step 2] PRO IF no ATWS, THEN reduce turbine inlet pressure to nominal 900 psig (895-905 psig) at panel 1OC653, DEHC HMI as follows:

a. Select "CONTROL" display

b. Select "PRESSURE CONTROL" screen

c. Enter target pressure of 870 psig

d. Select ENTER

e. Ensure "SLOW RATE" is not selected

f. Select "GO"

g. Monitor turbine inlet pressure on Pl-001-103 to maintain 900 psig Recognize/report SRV remains open CREW Establish Suppression Pool Temperature as Critical Parameter with reporting SRO interval Direct GP-4 Rapid Plant Shutdown SRO

[GP-4 3.1] PRO TRANSFER house loads to startup buses per S91.6.B. [GP-4 3.2] RO REDUCE Rx Recirculation system pump speed to minimum [GP-4 3.3] RO WHEN core flow reduces to nominal 60% THEN immediately SCRAM Rx AND ENTER T-100, Scram Recovery OR T-101, RPV Control SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 35 of 45

.,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE Simulator Operator Instructions: At time 11 min after FSSV or EO action requested for implementation of T-221 Toggle Remote Function RTR051 to "BYPASS" and report: T-221 is complete on Unit 1 At time 7min OR immediate!~ if pre-staged for at least 7 minutes after FSSV or EO action requested for implementation of T-270 Manually perform T-270: Toggle Remote Functions RTR220 through RTR227 to "TEST' OR load the 7-minute T-270 file from the Ops Training Scenarios\Remotes folder and report {via phone): Section 4.7 of T-270 is complete At time 5 min after FSSV or EO action requested to investigate SLC, report: No sign of leakage on 253' or 283' elev at SLC skid. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 36 of 45

,,,,..., LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation,, SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION Place Reactor Mode Switch in "SHUTDOWN" RO Insert SAM and IRM detectors RO Recognize/report ATWS RO Enter T-101 on scram signal with power> 4% SRO Manually initiate all divisions of ARCS RO Recognize Scram Profile activated and take manual control of Feedwater RO Recognize SLC Pumps are not injecting into RPV and secure SLC Pumps RO Attempt SLC injection with '1 C' SLC pump RO Secure '1 C' SLC Pumps after indication of low pressure RO Trip Recirc Pumps 1O seconds apart PRO Insert rods manually with RWM bypassed RO Direct T-214 SRO Direct performance of T-217 to personnel outside MCA (Critical Task) SRO Direct performance of T-218 to personnel outside MCA SRO Direct performance of T-209 to personnel outside MCA SRO Enter T-117 SRO Direct performance of T-221 to personnel outside Main Control Room (MCA) SRO Manually inhibit automatic ADS (Critical Task) PRO Perform T-270 to reduce RPV level to less than -50 inches (Critical Task) RO/PRO Direct performance of Section 4.7 of T-270 to personnel outside MCA RO/PRO [T-270 step 4.2.3] PRO IF HPCI initiation signal is not present, THEN shutdown 1OS211, "HPCI Turbine" as follows:

           - Simultaneously DEPRESS AND HOLD HS-056-161, "Pushbutton for HPCI Turbine Trip (E41A-S19) (TURBINE TRIP)

AND CLOSE HV-55-1 F003, "HPCI Main Steam Supply Outbd PCIV (OUTBOARD) [T-270 step 4.6.1] RO ENSURE HV-06-138A, 1A RFP BPV (BYPASS) closed at panel 10C651 [T-270 step 4.6.2] RO ENSURE LIC-06-138, A Feedwater Startup Level Control, (LV STARTUP BYPASS) in manual and set to 0% at panel 1OC603 SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 37 of 45

.,,,,,_, LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE Simulator Operator Instructions: IMPORTANT DRIVER NOTE: When Suppression Pool temperature reaches 105°F, delete MALF141E to close '1E' SRV. Ensure automatic trigger #5 actuates when Rx Power is <20% to initiate RDCS failure. Ensure automatic trigger #6 actuates when RPV level is lowered below -50" to initiate Main Turbine vibrations. Activate trigger #7 after Main Turbine is tripped when directed by Lead Evaluator to fail BPVs closed on a 2 minute ramp. At time 6 min after FSSV or EO action requested for implementation of T-251 contact MCA: and have Operators verify that HV-055-1 F006 indicates closed in the MGR AND perform the following: Toggle Remote Function RTR309 to "OPEN" and report: T-251 is complete in the field 10 minutes after directed to reset RDCS in AER, delete malfunction MRD024 and toggle remote function RRD001 to RESET and report that RDCS has been reset. SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 38 of 45

~' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation' SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION [T-270 step 4.6.2] RO ENSURE LIC-06-120, Reactor Feedpumps Bypass Cont Valve, (PUMP BYPASS) in manual and set to 0% at panel 10C603 [T-270 step 4.6.3] RO ENSURE LIC-06-138, A Feedwater Startup Level Control, (LV STARTUP BYPASS) in manual and set to 0% at panel 10C603 [T-270 step 4.6.4] RO ENSURE FIC-M1-1 R601 A, B, C "A,B,C RFPT Speed Controller in manual for all three RFPTs at panel 1OC603 [T-270 step 4.6.5] RO DEPRESS EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton for all three RFPTs at panel 10C603 [T-270 step 4.6.6] RO WHEN EMERGENCY STOP light goes out, THEN depress AUTO START pushbutton for all three RFPTs at panel 1OC603 [T-270 step 4.6.7] RO CLOSE HV-06-108A, 1A RFP Discharge [T-270 step 4.6.8] RO CLOSE HV-06-108B, 1B RFP Discharge [T-270 step 4.6.9] RO CLOSE HV-06-108C, 1C RFP Discharge Stabilize RPV level between -60" and -100" RO Enter T-102 on Suppression Pool Temp> 95°F SRO Verify isolations (-38 inches) CREW Verify RCIC Start and Injection PRO Direct performance of T-251 to personnel outside MGR PRO Recognize and investigate inability to drive control rods RO Direct reset of RDCS and drive Control Rods (Malfunction) RO Respond to Vibration alarms RO Monitor Main Turbine Vibration levels on VMS PRO Recognize/report rising vibrations on VMS PRO Brief/update crew on plan to trip Main Turbine on Hi Vibration SRO Direct trip of Main Turbine SRO Trip Main Turbine (Malfunction) PRO SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 39 of 45

   ,,,,,..,                              LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

,......,: . Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE Simulator Operator Instructions: Inform Floor Instructor prior to each event trigger Ensure Trigger #.JL automatically actuated after Mode Switch was taken to Shutdown to Initiate Turbine Trip with Control Valve and Bypass Valve failures (6 minutes) At time 10 min after FSSV or EO action requested for SE-1 O Floor Actions Load All SE-10 Floor Actions with Time Delays Scenario and report: The status of individual resets as reguested OR when all resets are timed out report: All SE-1 O Floor Actions are complete When FSSV or EO action requested for T-217, and when RPV level is below -50 inches: report (via phone): Steps 4.1.1 thru 4.1.6 of T-217 have been completed in the Auxiliary Eguipment Room. We are ready for the MCR to perform Steps 4.1.7 through 4.1.10. AND Manually actuate Remotes RTR181 and RTR303 When FSSV or EO action requested for T-217, and when RPV level is being maintained between -161 inches and -186 inches perform the following: Verify MCR performs Steps 4.1.7 through 4.1.10 of T-217 AND SDV Level is less than 25 gallons indicated level in the simulator Toggle RTR192 Open and Closed as required for Manual Draining SDV and report (via phone): per Step 4.1.12 of T-217, all SDV level indications are less than 62% and Step 4.2.1 is complete we are continuing with Step 4.2.2 of T-217. Expect control rod motion Insert Control Rods As Follows: Delete Malfunction MRD556 AND Toggle Remote Function RTR181 to "Normal" (control rods will insert) SEG-621 SE RevOOO. doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 40 of 45

"""-' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION ~ Exelon Generation. SIMULATOR EVALUATION GUIDE EVENTS 6-7 HYDRAULIC ATWS I RDCS FAILURE TIME ASSESSMENT ITEMS AND TASK PERFORMANCE POSITION Recognize Main Turbine BPVs not controlling RPV pressure, and stabilize PRO RPV pressure below 1096 psig with SRVs Establish pressure band 990-1096# PRO If RPV pressure rises above 1096 psig, re-enter T-101 SRO When Suppression Pool temperature exceeds 110 °F, re-perform T-270 Crew Secure injection with Feedwater until RPV level is less than top of active fuel RO Enter SE-10, LOCA when RPV level <-129" SRO Perform SE-1 O Immediate Operator actions: RO

                     -      Place 52-20124/CS, SAFEGUARDS A to "CLOSE"
                     -      Place 52-20224/CS, SAFEGUARDS B to "CLOSE"
                     -      Place INST AC 201 CONTROL PANEL to "RESET"
                     -      Place INST AC 202 CONTROL PANEL to "RESET" Ensure ECCS Pumps other than 'A' and 'B' RHR remain shutdown (T-270            PRO performed)

Direct floor personnel to perform SE-10 Floor Actions PRO Stabilize RPV level -161" to -186" RO Receive report that field actions from T-217 are complete RO Perform MCR portions of T-217 to insert control rods RO

                     -      Reset scram placing reset switch in Group 1/4 and 2/3 and verify all white RPS lights lit
                     -      Depress ARI reset pusbuttons Direct floor personnel to continue with T-217 (Critical Task)                  RO Update crew that rod motion should occur                                       RO Recognize rod motion                                                           RO Recognize all control rods fully inserted                                      RO Exit T-117 and re-enter RC/L leg of T-1 O1                                     SRO Slowly restore RPV level to between + 12.5 inches to + 54 inches               RO EAL CLASSIFICATION at completion of scenario The SRO declares an SITE AREA EMERGENCY (MS2) due to Thresholds:                        SRO

1. Automatic scram was not successful as indicated by Reactor Power >4%

AND

2. Manual scram/ARI actions were not successful from the Reactor Console as indicated by Reactor Power> 4%

SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc SRRS: 30.126 Page 41 of 45

Attachment 1 Simulator Operator Response Times

Response

Procedure Performance Time (Minutes) T-209 Injection from the Standby Liquid Control Storage Tank with the RCIC 45 System T-212 Bypassing SQUIB Valves for SLC Injection 19 T-215 De-energization of Scram Solenoids 7 T-216 Manual Isolation and Vent of Scram Air Header 7 T-217 RPS/ARI Reset and Backup Method of Draining Scram Discharge 17 Volume T-219 Maximizing CRD Cooling Water Header Flow during ATWS Conditions 23 T-221 MSIV Isolation Bypass Procedure 11 T-225 Startup and Shutdown of Suppression Pool and Drywell Spray 8 Operations T-240 Maximizing CRD flow after Shutdown During Emergency Conditions 8 T-245 RPV Injection from RHR S/D Cooling 12 T-248 Injection from SLC Test Tank to RPV 15 T-251 Establish a HPCI Injection flow Path VIA Feedwater Only 6 T-270 Terminate and Prevent Injection into the RPV 7 T-290 Instrumentation Available for T-103 SAMP-2 5 S46.7.A Control Rod Drive Hydraulic System Operation Following Reactor (4.2.1) Scram (Securing CRD flow to the Reactor - Close 46-1 F060, CRD 7 Water Pressure Control Station Inlet Valve) SE-10-1 Breaker Reset Following LOCA (Also reset ARMs, RHRSW Rad Resets and Monitor and RDCS) 10 Floor action SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc Page 42 of 45

Attachment 2 Communications Log CREW: DATE: _ _ __ LSEG: _ _ __ START TIME: _ _ _ __ STOP T I M E : - - - - SM: _ _ _ __ RO: _ _ _ __ WCS: _ _ _ __ CRS: _ _ _ __ PRO: _ _ _ __ FSSV: - - - - - - PERSON CALL PERSON TIME BEING COMMUNICATION I REQUEST BACK CALLING CALLED TIME SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc Page 43 of 45

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SEG-6215E RevOOO.doc Page 44 of 45

XII. CREW PREBRIEF INSTRUCTIONS

Unit 1 is in OPCON 1 at 95% power
Unit 2 is in OPCON 1 at 100% power Specific Plant Conditions are as Follows:
Power is lowered for maintenance rod recovery
Refuel floor personnel are loading spent fuel into shipping casks Inoperable/Out of Service Equipment and Estimated Time of Return (ETR):
None Restrictions on Plant Operations:
None Planned Evolutions:
Withdraw 2 rods inserted for maintenance per ReMA
Raise power to 100% with Recirc per GP-5, Att. 1 per RE direction Documents Provided:
ReMA}}

v t e Letter Sequence Draft Other
TAC:U01892, (Open)
Initiation Acceptance... Administration Questions Answers Results Approval... Other: ML15072A208, ML15100A035, ML15100A036, ML15100A037, ML15100A274, ML15175A275
MONTHYEAR2015-01-21 [Table View]

ML15100A034

Text

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

7.1 NF-LG-721-1005-F-01

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

Title:

Title:

Title:

SUMMARY